*GULP* Punt this into the attic. It is no longer used.

14 files changed, 0 insertions, 9347 deletions

diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/Makefile b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index c0c82ee..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-#	@(#)Makefile	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/15/93
-#	$Id$
-
-# Do not define -DKLUDGELINEMODE, as it does not interact well with many
-# telnet implementations.
-
-PROG=	telnetd
-MAN8=	telnetd.8
-
-SRCS=	authenc.c global.c slc.c state.c sys_term.c telnetd.c \
-	termstat.c utility.c
-
-DPADD=	${TELNETOBJDIR}/libtelnet.a ${LIBUTIL} ${LIBTERMCAP}
-LDADD=	-L${TELNETOBJDIR} -lutil -ltermcap -ltelnet
-
-CFLAGS+= -DLINEMODE -DUSE_TERMIO -DDIAGNOSTICS -DOLD_ENVIRON -DENV_HACK
-CFLAGS+= -DENCRYPTION -I${.CURDIR}/../../lib
-
-.if exists(${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/libkrb.a) && (defined(MAKE_EBONES))
-CFLAGS+=-DAUTHENTICATION
-LDADD+= -ldes -lkrb
-DPADD+= ${LIBDES} ${LIBKRB}
-.endif
-
-# Used only in krb4encpwd.c and rsaencpwd.c (libtelnet), not yet active
-#LDADD+= -ldescrypt
-
-.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/authenc.c b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/authenc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bff80a2..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/authenc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef lint
-static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)authenc.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/30/95";
-#endif /* not lint */
-
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION) || defined(ENCRYPTION)
-#include "telnetd.h"
-#include <libtelnet/misc.h>
-
-	int
-net_write(str, len)
-	unsigned char *str;
-	int len;
-{
-	if (nfrontp + len < netobuf + BUFSIZ) {
-		memmove((void *)nfrontp, (void *)str, len);
-		nfrontp += len;
-		return(len);
-	}
-	return(0);
-}
-
-	void
-net_encrypt()
-{
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-	char *s = (nclearto > nbackp) ? nclearto : nbackp;
-	if (s < nfrontp && encrypt_output) {
-		(*encrypt_output)((unsigned char *)s, nfrontp - s);
-	}
-	nclearto = nfrontp;
-#endif /* ENCRYPTION */
-}
-
-	int
-telnet_spin()
-{
-	ttloop();
-	return(0);
-}
-
-	char *
-telnet_getenv(val)
-	char *val;
-{
-	extern char *getenv();
-	return(getenv(val));
-}
-
-	char *
-telnet_gets(prompt, result, length, echo)
-	char *prompt;
-	char *result;
-	int length;
-	int echo;
-{
-	return((char *)0);
-}
-#endif	/* defined(AUTHENTICATION) || defined(ENCRYPTION) */
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/defs.h b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/defs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a73d4a6..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/defs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- *	@(#)defs.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
- */
-
-/*
- * Telnet server defines
- */
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-
-#ifndef	BSD
-# define	BSD 43
-#endif
-
-#if	defined(CRAY) && !defined(LINEMODE)
-# define SYSV_TERMIO
-# define LINEMODE
-# define KLUDGELINEMODE
-# define DIAGNOSTICS
-# if defined(UNICOS50) && !defined(UNICOS5)
-#  define UNICOS5
-# endif
-# if !defined(UNICOS5)
-#  define BFTPDAEMON
-#  define HAS_IP_TOS
-# endif
-#endif /* CRAY */
-#if defined(UNICOS5) && !defined(NO_SETSID)
-# define NO_SETSID
-#endif
-
-#if defined(PRINTOPTIONS) && defined(DIAGNOSTICS)
-#define TELOPTS
-#define TELCMDS
-#define	SLC_NAMES
-#endif
-
-#if	defined(SYSV_TERMIO) && !defined(USE_TERMIO)
-# define	USE_TERMIO
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#ifndef	CRAY
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#endif	/* CRAY */
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/file.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#ifndef	FILIO_H
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#else
-#include <sys/filio.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-
-#include <arpa/telnet.h>
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef	__STDC__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <syslog.h>
-#ifndef	LOG_DAEMON
-#define	LOG_DAEMON	0
-#endif
-#ifndef	LOG_ODELAY
-#define	LOG_ODELAY	0
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#ifndef NO_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#else
-#include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-#include <sgtty.h>
-#else
-# ifdef	SYSV_TERMIO
-# include <termio.h>
-# else
-# include <termios.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(USE_TERMIO) || defined(NO_CC_T)
-typedef unsigned char cc_t;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	__STDC__
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _POSIX_VDISABLE
-# ifdef VDISABLE
-#  define _POSIX_VDISABLE VDISABLE
-# else
-#  define _POSIX_VDISABLE ((unsigned char)'\377')
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef	CRAY
-# ifdef	CRAY1
-# include <sys/pty.h>
-#  ifndef FD_ZERO
-# include <sys/select.h>
-#  endif /* FD_ZERO */
-# endif	/* CRAY1 */
-
-#include <memory.h>
-#endif	/* CRAY */
-
-#ifdef __hpux
-#include <sys/ptyio.h>
-#endif
-
-#if	!defined(TIOCSCTTY) && defined(TCSETCTTY)
-# define	TIOCSCTTY TCSETCTTY
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	FD_SET
-#ifndef	HAVE_fd_set
-typedef struct fd_set { int fds_bits[1]; } fd_set;
-#endif
-
-#define	FD_SET(n, p)	((p)->fds_bits[0] |= (1<<(n)))
-#define	FD_CLR(n, p)	((p)->fds_bits[0] &= ~(1<<(n)))
-#define	FD_ISSET(n, p)	((p)->fds_bits[0] & (1<<(n)))
-#define FD_ZERO(p)	((p)->fds_bits[0] = 0)
-#endif	/* FD_SET */
-
-/*
- * I/O data buffers defines
- */
-#define	NETSLOP	64
-#ifdef CRAY
-#undef BUFSIZ
-#define BUFSIZ  2048
-#endif
-
-#define	NIACCUM(c)	{   *netip++ = c; \
-			    ncc++; \
-			}
-
-/* clock manipulations */
-#define	settimer(x)	(clocks.x = ++clocks.system)
-#define	sequenceIs(x,y)	(clocks.x < clocks.y)
-
-/*
- * Linemode support states, in decreasing order of importance
- */
-#define REAL_LINEMODE	0x04
-#define KLUDGE_OK	0x03
-#define	NO_AUTOKLUDGE	0x02
-#define KLUDGE_LINEMODE	0x01
-#define NO_LINEMODE	0x00
-
-/*
- * Structures of information for each special character function.
- */
-typedef struct {
-	unsigned char	flag;		/* the flags for this function */
-	cc_t		val;		/* the value of the special character */
-} slcent, *Slcent;
-
-typedef struct {
-	slcent		defset;		/* the default settings */
-	slcent		current;	/* the current settings */
-	cc_t		*sptr;		/* a pointer to the char in */
-					/* system data structures */
-} slcfun, *Slcfun;
-
-#ifdef DIAGNOSTICS
-/*
- * Diagnostics capabilities
- */
-#define	TD_REPORT	0x01	/* Report operations to client */
-#define TD_EXERCISE	0x02	/* Exercise client's implementation */
-#define TD_NETDATA	0x04	/* Display received data stream */
-#define TD_PTYDATA	0x08	/* Display data passed to pty */
-#define	TD_OPTIONS	0x10	/* Report just telnet options */
-#endif /* DIAGNOSTICS */
-
-/*
- * We keep track of each side of the option negotiation.
- */
-
-#define	MY_STATE_WILL		0x01
-#define	MY_WANT_STATE_WILL	0x02
-#define	MY_STATE_DO		0x04
-#define	MY_WANT_STATE_DO	0x08
-
-/*
- * Macros to check the current state of things
- */
-
-#define	my_state_is_do(opt)		(options[opt]&MY_STATE_DO)
-#define	my_state_is_will(opt)		(options[opt]&MY_STATE_WILL)
-#define my_want_state_is_do(opt)	(options[opt]&MY_WANT_STATE_DO)
-#define my_want_state_is_will(opt)	(options[opt]&MY_WANT_STATE_WILL)
-
-#define	my_state_is_dont(opt)		(!my_state_is_do(opt))
-#define	my_state_is_wont(opt)		(!my_state_is_will(opt))
-#define my_want_state_is_dont(opt)	(!my_want_state_is_do(opt))
-#define my_want_state_is_wont(opt)	(!my_want_state_is_will(opt))
-
-#define	set_my_state_do(opt)		(options[opt] |= MY_STATE_DO)
-#define	set_my_state_will(opt)		(options[opt] |= MY_STATE_WILL)
-#define	set_my_want_state_do(opt)	(options[opt] |= MY_WANT_STATE_DO)
-#define	set_my_want_state_will(opt)	(options[opt] |= MY_WANT_STATE_WILL)
-
-#define	set_my_state_dont(opt)		(options[opt] &= ~MY_STATE_DO)
-#define	set_my_state_wont(opt)		(options[opt] &= ~MY_STATE_WILL)
-#define	set_my_want_state_dont(opt)	(options[opt] &= ~MY_WANT_STATE_DO)
-#define	set_my_want_state_wont(opt)	(options[opt] &= ~MY_WANT_STATE_WILL)
-
-/*
- * Tricky code here.  What we want to know is if the MY_STATE_WILL
- * and MY_WANT_STATE_WILL bits have the same value.  Since the two
- * bits are adjacent, a little arithmatic will show that by adding
- * in the lower bit, the upper bit will be set if the two bits were
- * different, and clear if they were the same.
- */
-#define my_will_wont_is_changing(opt) \
-			((options[opt]+MY_STATE_WILL) & MY_WANT_STATE_WILL)
-
-#define my_do_dont_is_changing(opt) \
-			((options[opt]+MY_STATE_DO) & MY_WANT_STATE_DO)
-
-/*
- * Make everything symetrical
- */
-
-#define	HIS_STATE_WILL			MY_STATE_DO
-#define	HIS_WANT_STATE_WILL		MY_WANT_STATE_DO
-#define HIS_STATE_DO			MY_STATE_WILL
-#define HIS_WANT_STATE_DO		MY_WANT_STATE_WILL
-
-#define	his_state_is_do			my_state_is_will
-#define	his_state_is_will		my_state_is_do
-#define his_want_state_is_do		my_want_state_is_will
-#define his_want_state_is_will		my_want_state_is_do
-
-#define	his_state_is_dont		my_state_is_wont
-#define	his_state_is_wont		my_state_is_dont
-#define his_want_state_is_dont		my_want_state_is_wont
-#define his_want_state_is_wont		my_want_state_is_dont
-
-#define	set_his_state_do		set_my_state_will
-#define	set_his_state_will		set_my_state_do
-#define	set_his_want_state_do		set_my_want_state_will
-#define	set_his_want_state_will		set_my_want_state_do
-
-#define	set_his_state_dont		set_my_state_wont
-#define	set_his_state_wont		set_my_state_dont
-#define	set_his_want_state_dont		set_my_want_state_wont
-#define	set_his_want_state_wont		set_my_want_state_dont
-
-#define his_will_wont_is_changing	my_do_dont_is_changing
-#define his_do_dont_is_changing		my_will_wont_is_changing
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/ext.h b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/ext.h
deleted file mode 100644
index db3f1c3..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/ext.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- *	@(#)ext.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/15/93
- */
-
-/*
- * Telnet server variable declarations
- */
-extern char	options[256];
-extern char	do_dont_resp[256];
-extern char	will_wont_resp[256];
-extern int	linemode;	/* linemode on/off */
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-extern int	uselinemode;	/* what linemode to use (on/off) */
-extern int	editmode;	/* edit modes in use */
-extern int	useeditmode;	/* edit modes to use */
-extern int	alwayslinemode;	/* command line option */
-extern int	lmodetype;	/* Client support for linemode */
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-extern int	flowmode;	/* current flow control state */
-extern int	restartany;	/* restart output on any character state */
-#ifdef DIAGNOSTICS
-extern int	diagnostic;	/* telnet diagnostic capabilities */
-#endif /* DIAGNOSTICS */
-#ifdef BFTPDAEMON
-extern int	bftpd;		/* behave as bftp daemon */
-#endif /* BFTPDAEMON */
-#if	defined(SecurID)
-extern int	require_SecurID;
-#endif
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-extern int	auth_level;
-#endif
-
-extern slcfun	slctab[NSLC + 1];	/* slc mapping table */
-
-char	*terminaltype;
-
-/*
- * I/O data buffers, pointers, and counters.
- */
-extern char	ptyobuf[BUFSIZ+NETSLOP], *pfrontp, *pbackp;
-
-extern char	netibuf[BUFSIZ], *netip;
-
-extern char	netobuf[BUFSIZ+NETSLOP], *nfrontp, *nbackp;
-extern char	*neturg;		/* one past last bye of urgent data */
-
-extern int	pcc, ncc;
-
-#if defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-extern int unpcc;  /* characters left unprocessed by CRAY-2 terminal routine */
-extern char *unptyip;  /* pointer to remaining characters in buffer */
-#endif
-
-extern int	pty, net;
-extern char	*line;
-extern int	SYNCHing;		/* we are in TELNET SYNCH mode */
-
-#ifndef	P
-# ifdef	__STDC__
-#  define P(x)	x
-# else
-#  define P(x)	()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-extern void
-	_termstat P((void)),
-	add_slc P((int, int, int)),
-	check_slc P((void)),
-	change_slc P((int, int, int)),
-	cleanup P((int)),
-	clientstat P((int, int, int)),
-	copy_termbuf P((char *, int)),
-	deferslc P((void)),
-	defer_terminit P((void)),
-	do_opt_slc P((unsigned char *, int)),
-	doeof P((void)),
-	dooption P((int)),
-	dontoption P((int)),
-	edithost P((char *, char *)),
-	fatal P((int, char *)),
-	fatalperror P((int, char *)),
-	get_slc_defaults P((void)),
-	init_env P((void)),
-	init_termbuf P((void)),
-	interrupt P((void)),
-	localstat P((void)),
-	flowstat P((void)),
-	netclear P((void)),
-	netflush P((void)),
-#ifdef DIAGNOSTICS
-	printoption P((char *, int)),
-	printdata P((char *, char *, int)),
-	printsub P((int, unsigned char *, int)),
-#endif
-	ptyflush P((void)),
-	putchr P((int)),
-	putf P((char *, char *)),
-	recv_ayt P((void)),
-	send_do P((int, int)),
-	send_dont P((int, int)),
-	send_slc P((void)),
-	send_status P((void)),
-	send_will P((int, int)),
-	send_wont P((int, int)),
-	sendbrk P((void)),
-	sendsusp P((void)),
-	set_termbuf P((void)),
-	start_login P((char *, int, char *)),
-	start_slc P((int)),
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-	start_slave P((char *)),
-#else
-	start_slave P((char *, int, char *)),
-#endif
-	suboption P((void)),
-	telrcv P((void)),
-	ttloop P((void)),
-	tty_binaryin P((int)),
-	tty_binaryout P((int));
-
-extern int
-	end_slc P((unsigned char **)),
-	getnpty P((void)),
-#ifndef convex
-	getpty P((int *)),
-#endif
-	login_tty P((int)),
-	spcset P((int, cc_t *, cc_t **)),
-	stilloob P((int)),
-	terminit P((void)),
-	termstat P((void)),
-	tty_flowmode P((void)),
-	tty_restartany P((void)),
-	tty_isbinaryin P((void)),
-	tty_isbinaryout P((void)),
-	tty_iscrnl P((void)),
-	tty_isecho P((void)),
-	tty_isediting P((void)),
-	tty_islitecho P((void)),
-	tty_isnewmap P((void)),
-	tty_israw P((void)),
-	tty_issofttab P((void)),
-	tty_istrapsig P((void)),
-	tty_linemode P((void));
-
-extern void
-	tty_rspeed P((int)),
-	tty_setecho P((int)),
-	tty_setedit P((int)),
-	tty_setlinemode P((int)),
-	tty_setlitecho P((int)),
-	tty_setsig P((int)),
-	tty_setsofttab P((int)),
-	tty_tspeed P((int)),
-	willoption P((int)),
-	wontoption P((int)),
-	writenet P((unsigned char *, int));
-
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-extern void	(*encrypt_output) P((unsigned char *, int));
-extern int	(*decrypt_input) P((int));
-extern char	*nclearto;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-
-
-/*
- * The following are some clocks used to decide how to interpret
- * the relationship between various variables.
- */
-
-extern struct {
-    int
-	system,			/* what the current time is */
-	echotoggle,		/* last time user entered echo character */
-	modenegotiated,		/* last time operating mode negotiated */
-	didnetreceive,		/* last time we read data from network */
-	ttypesubopt,		/* ttype subopt is received */
-	tspeedsubopt,		/* tspeed subopt is received */
-	environsubopt,		/* environ subopt is received */
-	oenvironsubopt,		/* old environ subopt is received */
-	xdisplocsubopt,		/* xdisploc subopt is received */
-	baseline,		/* time started to do timed action */
-	gotDM;			/* when did we last see a data mark */
-} clocks;
-
-
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-extern int	needtermstat;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	DEFAULT_IM
-# ifdef CRAY
-#  define DEFAULT_IM	"\r\n\r\nCray UNICOS (%h) (%t)\r\n\r\r\n\r"
-# else
-#  ifdef sun
-#   define DEFAULT_IM	"\r\n\r\nSunOS UNIX (%h) (%t)\r\n\r\r\n\r"
-#  else
-#   ifdef ultrix
-#    define DEFAULT_IM	"\r\n\r\nULTRIX (%h) (%t)\r\n\r\r\n\r"
-#   else
-#    ifdef __FreeBSD__
-#     define DEFAULT_IM  "\r\n\r\nFreeBSD (%h) (%t)\r\n\r\r\n\r"
-#    else
-#     define DEFAULT_IM  "\r\n\r\n4.4 BSD UNIX (%h) (%t)\r\n\r\r\n\r"
-#    endif
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/global.c b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/global.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0699d00..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/global.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef lint
-static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)global.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
-#endif /* not lint */
-
-/*
- * Allocate global variables.  We do this
- * by including the header file that defines
- * them all as externs, but first we define
- * the keyword "extern" to be nothing, so that
- * we will actually allocate the space.
- */
-
-#include "defs.h"
-#define extern
-#include "ext.h"
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/pathnames.h b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/pathnames.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e14a88..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/pathnames.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- *	@(#)pathnames.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
- */
-
-#if BSD > 43
-
-# include <paths.h>
-
-# ifndef _PATH_LOGIN
-#  define	_PATH_LOGIN	"/usr/bin/login"
-# endif
-
-#else
-
-# define	_PATH_TTY	"/dev/tty"
-# ifndef _PATH_LOGIN
-#  define	_PATH_LOGIN	"/bin/login"
-# endif
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef BFTPDAEMON
-#define		BFTPPATH	"/usr/ucb/bftp"
-#endif  /* BFTPDAEMON */
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/slc.c b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/slc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9579d0d..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/slc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,491 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef lint
-static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)slc.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/30/95";
-#endif /* not lint */
-
-#include "telnetd.h"
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-/*
- * local varibles
- */
-static unsigned char	*def_slcbuf = (unsigned char *)0;
-static int		def_slclen = 0;
-static int		slcchange;	/* change to slc is requested */
-static unsigned char	*slcptr;	/* pointer into slc buffer */
-static unsigned char	slcbuf[NSLC*6];	/* buffer for slc negotiation */
-
-/*
- * send_slc
- *
- * Write out the current special characters to the client.
- */
-	void
-send_slc()
-{
-	register int i;
-
-	/*
-	 * Send out list of triplets of special characters
-	 * to client.  We only send info on the characters
-	 * that are currently supported.
-	 */
-	for (i = 1; i <= NSLC; i++) {
-		if ((slctab[i].defset.flag & SLC_LEVELBITS) == SLC_NOSUPPORT)
-			continue;
-		add_slc((unsigned char)i, slctab[i].current.flag,
-							slctab[i].current.val);
-	}
-
-}  /* end of send_slc */
-
-/*
- * default_slc
- *
- * Set pty special characters to all the defaults.
- */
-	void
-default_slc()
-{
-	register int i;
-
-	for (i = 1; i <= NSLC; i++) {
-		slctab[i].current.val = slctab[i].defset.val;
-		if (slctab[i].current.val == (cc_t)(_POSIX_VDISABLE))
-			slctab[i].current.flag = SLC_NOSUPPORT;
-		else
-			slctab[i].current.flag = slctab[i].defset.flag;
-		if (slctab[i].sptr) {
-			*(slctab[i].sptr) = slctab[i].defset.val;
-		}
-	}
-	slcchange = 1;
-
-}  /* end of default_slc */
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-/*
- * get_slc_defaults
- *
- * Initialize the slc mapping table.
- */
-	void
-get_slc_defaults()
-{
-	register int i;
-
-	init_termbuf();
-
-	for (i = 1; i <= NSLC; i++) {
-		slctab[i].defset.flag =
-			spcset(i, &slctab[i].defset.val, &slctab[i].sptr);
-		slctab[i].current.flag = SLC_NOSUPPORT;
-		slctab[i].current.val = 0;
-	}
-
-}  /* end of get_slc_defaults */
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-/*
- * add_slc
- *
- * Add an slc triplet to the slc buffer.
- */
-	void
-add_slc(func, flag, val)
-	register char func, flag;
-	register cc_t val;
-{
-
-	if ((*slcptr++ = (unsigned char)func) == 0xff)
-		*slcptr++ = 0xff;
-
-	if ((*slcptr++ = (unsigned char)flag) == 0xff)
-		*slcptr++ = 0xff;
-
-	if ((*slcptr++ = (unsigned char)val) == 0xff)
-		*slcptr++ = 0xff;
-
-}  /* end of add_slc */
-
-/*
- * start_slc
- *
- * Get ready to process incoming slc's and respond to them.
- *
- * The parameter getit is non-zero if it is necessary to grab a copy
- * of the terminal control structures.
- */
-	void
-start_slc(getit)
-	register int getit;
-{
-
-	slcchange = 0;
-	if (getit)
-		init_termbuf();
-	(void) sprintf((char *)slcbuf, "%c%c%c%c",
-					IAC, SB, TELOPT_LINEMODE, LM_SLC);
-	slcptr = slcbuf + 4;
-
-}  /* end of start_slc */
-
-/*
- * end_slc
- *
- * Finish up the slc negotiation.  If something to send, then send it.
- */
-	int
-end_slc(bufp)
-	register unsigned char **bufp;
-{
-	register int len;
-	void netflush();
-
-	/*
-	 * If a change has occured, store the new terminal control
-	 * structures back to the terminal driver.
-	 */
-	if (slcchange) {
-		set_termbuf();
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If the pty state has not yet been fully processed and there is a
-	 * deferred slc request from the client, then do not send any
-	 * sort of slc negotiation now.  We will respond to the client's
-	 * request very soon.
-	 */
-	if (def_slcbuf && (terminit() == 0)) {
-		return(0);
-	}
-
-	if (slcptr > (slcbuf + 4)) {
-		if (bufp) {
-			*bufp = &slcbuf[4];
-			return(slcptr - slcbuf - 4);
-		} else {
-			(void) sprintf((char *)slcptr, "%c%c", IAC, SE);
-			slcptr += 2;
-			len = slcptr - slcbuf;
-			writenet(slcbuf, len);
-			netflush();  /* force it out immediately */
-			DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printsub('>', slcbuf+2, len-2););
-		}
-	}
-	return (0);
-
-}  /* end of end_slc */
-
-/*
- * process_slc
- *
- * Figure out what to do about the client's slc
- */
-	void
-process_slc(func, flag, val)
-	register unsigned char func, flag;
-	register cc_t val;
-{
-	register int hislevel, mylevel, ack;
-
-	/*
-	 * Ensure that we know something about this function
-	 */
-	if (func > NSLC) {
-		add_slc(func, SLC_NOSUPPORT, 0);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Process the special case requests of 0 SLC_DEFAULT 0
-	 * and 0 SLC_VARIABLE 0.  Be a little forgiving here, don't
-	 * worry about whether the value is actually 0 or not.
-	 */
-	if (func == 0) {
-		if ((flag = flag & SLC_LEVELBITS) == SLC_DEFAULT) {
-			default_slc();
-			send_slc();
-		} else if (flag == SLC_VARIABLE) {
-			send_slc();
-		}
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Appears to be a function that we know something about.  So
-	 * get on with it and see what we know.
-	 */
-
-	hislevel = flag & SLC_LEVELBITS;
-	mylevel = slctab[func].current.flag & SLC_LEVELBITS;
-	ack = flag & SLC_ACK;
-	/*
-	 * ignore the command if:
-	 * the function value and level are the same as what we already have;
-	 * or the level is the same and the ack bit is set
-	 */
-	if (hislevel == mylevel && (val == slctab[func].current.val || ack)) {
-		return;
-	} else if (ack) {
-		/*
-		 * If we get here, we got an ack, but the levels don't match.
-		 * This shouldn't happen.  If it does, it is probably because
-		 * we have sent two requests to set a variable without getting
-		 * a response between them, and this is the first response.
-		 * So, ignore it, and wait for the next response.
-		 */
-		return;
-	} else {
-		change_slc(func, flag, val);
-	}
-
-}  /* end of process_slc */
-
-/*
- * change_slc
- *
- * Process a request to change one of our special characters.
- * Compare client's request with what we are capable of supporting.
- */
-	void
-change_slc(func, flag, val)
-	register char func, flag;
-	register cc_t val;
-{
-	register int hislevel, mylevel;
-
-	hislevel = flag & SLC_LEVELBITS;
-	mylevel = slctab[(int)func].defset.flag & SLC_LEVELBITS;
-	/*
-	 * If client is setting a function to NOSUPPORT
-	 * or DEFAULT, then we can easily and directly
-	 * accomodate the request.
-	 */
-	if (hislevel == SLC_NOSUPPORT) {
-		slctab[(int)func].current.flag = flag;
-		slctab[(int)func].current.val = (cc_t)_POSIX_VDISABLE;
-		flag |= SLC_ACK;
-		add_slc(func, flag, val);
-		return;
-	}
-	if (hislevel == SLC_DEFAULT) {
-		/*
-		 * Special case here.  If client tells us to use
-		 * the default on a function we don't support, then
-		 * return NOSUPPORT instead of what we may have as a
-		 * default level of DEFAULT.
-		 */
-		if (mylevel == SLC_DEFAULT) {
-			slctab[(int)func].current.flag = SLC_NOSUPPORT;
-		} else {
-			slctab[(int)func].current.flag = slctab[(int)func].defset.flag;
-		}
-		slctab[(int)func].current.val = slctab[(int)func].defset.val;
-		add_slc(func, slctab[(int)func].current.flag,
-						slctab[(int)func].current.val);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Client wants us to change to a new value or he
-	 * is telling us that he can't change to our value.
-	 * Some of the slc's we support and can change,
-	 * some we do support but can't change,
-	 * and others we don't support at all.
-	 * If we can change it then we have a pointer to
-	 * the place to put the new value, so change it,
-	 * otherwise, continue the negotiation.
-	 */
-	if (slctab[(int)func].sptr) {
-		/*
-		 * We can change this one.
-		 */
-		slctab[(int)func].current.val = val;
-		*(slctab[(int)func].sptr) = val;
-		slctab[(int)func].current.flag = flag;
-		flag |= SLC_ACK;
-		slcchange = 1;
-		add_slc(func, flag, val);
-	} else {
-		/*
-		* It is not possible for us to support this
-		* request as he asks.
-		*
-		* If our level is DEFAULT, then just ack whatever was
-		* sent.
-		*
-		* If he can't change and we can't change,
-		* then degenerate to NOSUPPORT.
-		*
-		* Otherwise we send our level back to him, (CANTCHANGE
-		* or NOSUPPORT) and if CANTCHANGE, send
-		* our value as well.
-		*/
-		if (mylevel == SLC_DEFAULT) {
-			slctab[(int)func].current.flag = flag;
-			slctab[(int)func].current.val = val;
-			flag |= SLC_ACK;
-		} else if (hislevel == SLC_CANTCHANGE &&
-				    mylevel == SLC_CANTCHANGE) {
-			flag &= ~SLC_LEVELBITS;
-			flag |= SLC_NOSUPPORT;
-			slctab[(int)func].current.flag = flag;
-		} else {
-			flag &= ~SLC_LEVELBITS;
-			flag |= mylevel;
-			slctab[(int)func].current.flag = flag;
-			if (mylevel == SLC_CANTCHANGE) {
-				slctab[(int)func].current.val =
-					slctab[(int)func].defset.val;
-				val = slctab[(int)func].current.val;
-			}
-		}
-		add_slc(func, flag, val);
-	}
-
-}  /* end of change_slc */
-
-#if	defined(USE_TERMIO) && (VEOF == VMIN)
-cc_t oldeofc = '\004';
-#endif
-
-/*
- * check_slc
- *
- * Check the special characters in use and notify the client if any have
- * changed.  Only those characters that are capable of being changed are
- * likely to have changed.  If a local change occurs, kick the support level
- * and flags up to the defaults.
- */
-	void
-check_slc()
-{
-	register int i;
-
-	for (i = 1; i <= NSLC; i++) {
-#if	defined(USE_TERMIO) && (VEOF == VMIN)
-		/*
-		 * In a perfect world this would be a neat little
-		 * function.  But in this world, we should not notify
-		 * client of changes to the VEOF char when
-		 * ICANON is off, because it is not representing
-		 * a special character.
-		 */
-		if (i == SLC_EOF) {
-			if (!tty_isediting())
-				continue;
-			else if (slctab[i].sptr)
-				oldeofc = *(slctab[i].sptr);
-		}
-#endif	/* defined(USE_TERMIO) && defined(SYSV_TERMIO) */
-		if (slctab[i].sptr &&
-				(*(slctab[i].sptr) != slctab[i].current.val)) {
-			slctab[i].current.val = *(slctab[i].sptr);
-			if (*(slctab[i].sptr) == (cc_t)_POSIX_VDISABLE)
-				slctab[i].current.flag = SLC_NOSUPPORT;
-			else
-				slctab[i].current.flag = slctab[i].defset.flag;
-			add_slc((unsigned char)i, slctab[i].current.flag,
-						slctab[i].current.val);
-		}
-	}
-}  /* check_slc */
-
-/*
- * do_opt_slc
- *
- * Process an slc option buffer.  Defer processing of incoming slc's
- * until after the terminal state has been processed.  Save the first slc
- * request that comes along, but discard all others.
- *
- * ptr points to the beginning of the buffer, len is the length.
- */
-	void
-do_opt_slc(ptr, len)
-	register unsigned char *ptr;
-	register int len;
-{
-	register unsigned char func, flag;
-	cc_t val;
-	register unsigned char *end = ptr + len;
-
-	if (terminit()) {  /* go ahead */
-		while (ptr < end) {
-			func = *ptr++;
-			if (ptr >= end) break;
-			flag = *ptr++;
-			if (ptr >= end) break;
-			val = (cc_t)*ptr++;
-
-			process_slc(func, flag, val);
-
-		}
-	} else {
-		/*
-		 * save this slc buffer if it is the first, otherwise dump
-		 * it.
-		 */
-		if (def_slcbuf == (unsigned char *)0) {
-			def_slclen = len;
-			def_slcbuf = (unsigned char *)malloc((unsigned)len);
-			if (def_slcbuf == (unsigned char *)0)
-				return;  /* too bad */
-			memmove(def_slcbuf, ptr, len);
-		}
-	}
-
-}  /* end of do_opt_slc */
-
-/*
- * deferslc
- *
- * Do slc stuff that was deferred.
- */
-	void
-deferslc()
-{
-	if (def_slcbuf) {
-		start_slc(1);
-		do_opt_slc(def_slcbuf, def_slclen);
-		(void) end_slc(0);
-		free(def_slcbuf);
-		def_slcbuf = (unsigned char *)0;
-		def_slclen = 0;
-	}
-
-}  /* end of deferslc */
-
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/state.c b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/state.c
deleted file mode 100644
index faf4088..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/state.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1615 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef lint
-static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)state.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 5/30/95";
-#endif /* not lint */
-
-#include "telnetd.h"
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-#include <libtelnet/auth.h>
-#endif
-#if	defined(ENCRYPTION)
-#include <libtelnet/encrypt.h>
-#endif
-
-unsigned char	doopt[] = { IAC, DO, '%', 'c', 0 };
-unsigned char	dont[] = { IAC, DONT, '%', 'c', 0 };
-unsigned char	will[] = { IAC, WILL, '%', 'c', 0 };
-unsigned char	wont[] = { IAC, WONT, '%', 'c', 0 };
-int	not42 = 1;
-
-/*
- * Buffer for sub-options, and macros
- * for suboptions buffer manipulations
- */
-unsigned char subbuffer[512], *subpointer= subbuffer, *subend= subbuffer;
-
-#define	SB_CLEAR()	subpointer = subbuffer
-#define	SB_TERM()	{ subend = subpointer; SB_CLEAR(); }
-#define	SB_ACCUM(c)	if (subpointer < (subbuffer+sizeof subbuffer)) { \
-				*subpointer++ = (c); \
-			}
-#define	SB_GET()	((*subpointer++)&0xff)
-#define	SB_EOF()	(subpointer >= subend)
-#define	SB_LEN()	(subend - subpointer)
-
-#ifdef	ENV_HACK
-unsigned char *subsave;
-#define SB_SAVE()	subsave = subpointer;
-#define	SB_RESTORE()	subpointer = subsave;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- * State for recv fsm
- */
-#define	TS_DATA		0	/* base state */
-#define	TS_IAC		1	/* look for double IAC's */
-#define	TS_CR		2	/* CR-LF ->'s CR */
-#define	TS_SB		3	/* throw away begin's... */
-#define	TS_SE		4	/* ...end's (suboption negotiation) */
-#define	TS_WILL		5	/* will option negotiation */
-#define	TS_WONT		6	/* wont " */
-#define	TS_DO		7	/* do " */
-#define	TS_DONT		8	/* dont " */
-
-	void
-telrcv()
-{
-	register int c;
-	static int state = TS_DATA;
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-	char *opfrontp = pfrontp;
-#endif
-
-	while (ncc > 0) {
-		if ((&ptyobuf[BUFSIZ] - pfrontp) < 2)
-			break;
-		c = *netip++ & 0377, ncc--;
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-		if (decrypt_input)
-			c = (*decrypt_input)(c);
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-		switch (state) {
-
-		case TS_CR:
-			state = TS_DATA;
-			/* Strip off \n or \0 after a \r */
-			if ((c == 0) || (c == '\n')) {
-				break;
-			}
-			/* FALL THROUGH */
-
-		case TS_DATA:
-			if (c == IAC) {
-				state = TS_IAC;
-				break;
-			}
-			/*
-			 * We now map \r\n ==> \r for pragmatic reasons.
-			 * Many client implementations send \r\n when
-			 * the user hits the CarriageReturn key.
-			 *
-			 * We USED to map \r\n ==> \n, since \r\n says
-			 * that we want to be in column 1 of the next
-			 * printable line, and \n is the standard
-			 * unix way of saying that (\r is only good
-			 * if CRMOD is set, which it normally is).
-			 */
-			if ((c == '\r') && his_state_is_wont(TELOPT_BINARY)) {
-				int nc = *netip;
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-				if (decrypt_input)
-					nc = (*decrypt_input)(nc & 0xff);
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-				/*
-				 * If we are operating in linemode,
-				 * convert to local end-of-line.
-				 */
-				if (linemode && (ncc > 0) && (('\n' == nc) ||
-					 ((0 == nc) && tty_iscrnl())) ) {
-					netip++; ncc--;
-					c = '\n';
-				} else
-#endif
-				{
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-					if (decrypt_input)
-						(void)(*decrypt_input)(-1);
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-					state = TS_CR;
-				}
-			}
-			*pfrontp++ = c;
-			break;
-
-		case TS_IAC:
-gotiac:			switch (c) {
-
-			/*
-			 * Send the process on the pty side an
-			 * interrupt.  Do this with a NULL or
-			 * interrupt char; depending on the tty mode.
-			 */
-			case IP:
-				DIAG(TD_OPTIONS,
-					printoption("td: recv IAC", c));
-				interrupt();
-				break;
-
-			case BREAK:
-				DIAG(TD_OPTIONS,
-					printoption("td: recv IAC", c));
-				sendbrk();
-				break;
-
-			/*
-			 * Are You There?
-			 */
-			case AYT:
-				DIAG(TD_OPTIONS,
-					printoption("td: recv IAC", c));
-				recv_ayt();
-				break;
-
-			/*
-			 * Abort Output
-			 */
-			case AO:
-			    {
-				DIAG(TD_OPTIONS,
-					printoption("td: recv IAC", c));
-				ptyflush();	/* half-hearted */
-				init_termbuf();
-
-				if (slctab[SLC_AO].sptr &&
-				    *slctab[SLC_AO].sptr != (cc_t)(_POSIX_VDISABLE)) {
-				    *pfrontp++ =
-					(unsigned char)*slctab[SLC_AO].sptr;
-				}
-
-				netclear();	/* clear buffer back */
-				*nfrontp++ = IAC;
-				*nfrontp++ = DM;
-				neturg = nfrontp-1; /* off by one XXX */
-				DIAG(TD_OPTIONS,
-					printoption("td: send IAC", DM));
-				break;
-			    }
-
-			/*
-			 * Erase Character and
-			 * Erase Line
-			 */
-			case EC:
-			case EL:
-			    {
-				cc_t ch;
-
-				DIAG(TD_OPTIONS,
-					printoption("td: recv IAC", c));
-				ptyflush();	/* half-hearted */
-				init_termbuf();
-				if (c == EC)
-					ch = *slctab[SLC_EC].sptr;
-				else
-					ch = *slctab[SLC_EL].sptr;
-				if (ch != (cc_t)(_POSIX_VDISABLE))
-					*pfrontp++ = (unsigned char)ch;
-				break;
-			    }
-
-			/*
-			 * Check for urgent data...
-			 */
-			case DM:
-				DIAG(TD_OPTIONS,
-					printoption("td: recv IAC", c));
-				SYNCHing = stilloob(net);
-				settimer(gotDM);
-				break;
-
-
-			/*
-			 * Begin option subnegotiation...
-			 */
-			case SB:
-				state = TS_SB;
-				SB_CLEAR();
-				continue;
-
-			case WILL:
-				state = TS_WILL;
-				continue;
-
-			case WONT:
-				state = TS_WONT;
-				continue;
-
-			case DO:
-				state = TS_DO;
-				continue;
-
-			case DONT:
-				state = TS_DONT;
-				continue;
-			case EOR:
-				if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_EOR))
-					doeof();
-				break;
-
-			/*
-			 * Handle RFC 10xx Telnet linemode option additions
-			 * to command stream (EOF, SUSP, ABORT).
-			 */
-			case xEOF:
-				doeof();
-				break;
-
-			case SUSP:
-				sendsusp();
-				break;
-
-			case ABORT:
-				sendbrk();
-				break;
-
-			case IAC:
-				*pfrontp++ = c;
-				break;
-			}
-			state = TS_DATA;
-			break;
-
-		case TS_SB:
-			if (c == IAC) {
-				state = TS_SE;
-			} else {
-				SB_ACCUM(c);
-			}
-			break;
-
-		case TS_SE:
-			if (c != SE) {
-				if (c != IAC) {
-					/*
-					 * bad form of suboption negotiation.
-					 * handle it in such a way as to avoid
-					 * damage to local state.  Parse
-					 * suboption buffer found so far,
-					 * then treat remaining stream as
-					 * another command sequence.
-					 */
-
-					/* for DIAGNOSTICS */
-					SB_ACCUM(IAC);
-					SB_ACCUM(c);
-					subpointer -= 2;
-
-					SB_TERM();
-					suboption();
-					state = TS_IAC;
-					goto gotiac;
-				}
-				SB_ACCUM(c);
-				state = TS_SB;
-			} else {
-				/* for DIAGNOSTICS */
-				SB_ACCUM(IAC);
-				SB_ACCUM(SE);
-				subpointer -= 2;
-
-				SB_TERM();
-				suboption();	/* handle sub-option */
-				state = TS_DATA;
-			}
-			break;
-
-		case TS_WILL:
-			willoption(c);
-			state = TS_DATA;
-			continue;
-
-		case TS_WONT:
-			wontoption(c);
-			state = TS_DATA;
-			continue;
-
-		case TS_DO:
-			dooption(c);
-			state = TS_DATA;
-			continue;
-
-		case TS_DONT:
-			dontoption(c);
-			state = TS_DATA;
-			continue;
-
-		default:
-			syslog(LOG_ERR, "telnetd: panic state=%d\n", state);
-			printf("telnetd: panic state=%d\n", state);
-			exit(1);
-		}
-	}
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-	if (!linemode) {
-		char	xptyobuf[BUFSIZ+NETSLOP];
-		char	xbuf2[BUFSIZ];
-		register char *cp;
-		int n = pfrontp - opfrontp, oc;
-		memmove(xptyobuf, opfrontp, n);
-		pfrontp = opfrontp;
-		pfrontp += term_input(xptyobuf, pfrontp, n, BUFSIZ+NETSLOP,
-					xbuf2, &oc, BUFSIZ);
-		for (cp = xbuf2; oc > 0; --oc)
-			if ((*nfrontp++ = *cp++) == IAC)
-				*nfrontp++ = IAC;
-	}
-#endif	/* defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) */
-}  /* end of telrcv */
-
-/*
- * The will/wont/do/dont state machines are based on Dave Borman's
- * Telnet option processing state machine.
- *
- * These correspond to the following states:
- *	my_state = the last negotiated state
- *	want_state = what I want the state to go to
- *	want_resp = how many requests I have sent
- * All state defaults are negative, and resp defaults to 0.
- *
- * When initiating a request to change state to new_state:
- *
- * if ((want_resp == 0 && new_state == my_state) || want_state == new_state) {
- *	do nothing;
- * } else {
- *	want_state = new_state;
- *	send new_state;
- *	want_resp++;
- * }
- *
- * When receiving new_state:
- *
- * if (want_resp) {
- *	want_resp--;
- *	if (want_resp && (new_state == my_state))
- *		want_resp--;
- * }
- * if ((want_resp == 0) && (new_state != want_state)) {
- *	if (ok_to_switch_to new_state)
- *		want_state = new_state;
- *	else
- *		want_resp++;
- *	send want_state;
- * }
- * my_state = new_state;
- *
- * Note that new_state is implied in these functions by the function itself.
- * will and do imply positive new_state, wont and dont imply negative.
- *
- * Finally, there is one catch.  If we send a negative response to a
- * positive request, my_state will be the positive while want_state will
- * remain negative.  my_state will revert to negative when the negative
- * acknowlegment arrives from the peer.  Thus, my_state generally tells
- * us not only the last negotiated state, but also tells us what the peer
- * wants to be doing as well.  It is important to understand this difference
- * as we may wish to be processing data streams based on our desired state
- * (want_state) or based on what the peer thinks the state is (my_state).
- *
- * This all works fine because if the peer sends a positive request, the data
- * that we receive prior to negative acknowlegment will probably be affected
- * by the positive state, and we can process it as such (if we can; if we
- * can't then it really doesn't matter).  If it is that important, then the
- * peer probably should be buffering until this option state negotiation
- * is complete.
- *
- */
-	void
-send_do(option, init)
-	int option, init;
-{
-	if (init) {
-		if ((do_dont_resp[option] == 0 && his_state_is_will(option)) ||
-		    his_want_state_is_will(option))
-			return;
-		/*
-		 * Special case for TELOPT_TM:  We send a DO, but pretend
-		 * that we sent a DONT, so that we can send more DOs if
-		 * we want to.
-		 */
-		if (option == TELOPT_TM)
-			set_his_want_state_wont(option);
-		else
-			set_his_want_state_will(option);
-		do_dont_resp[option]++;
-	}
-	(void) sprintf(nfrontp, (char *)doopt, option);
-	nfrontp += sizeof (dont) - 2;
-
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printoption("td: send do", option));
-}
-
-#ifdef	AUTHENTICATION
-extern void auth_request();
-#endif
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-extern void doclientstat();
-#endif
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-extern void encrypt_send_support();
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-
-	void
-willoption(option)
-	int option;
-{
-	int changeok = 0;
-	void (*func)() = 0;
-
-	/*
-	 * process input from peer.
-	 */
-
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printoption("td: recv will", option));
-
-	if (do_dont_resp[option]) {
-		do_dont_resp[option]--;
-		if (do_dont_resp[option] && his_state_is_will(option))
-			do_dont_resp[option]--;
-	}
-	if (do_dont_resp[option] == 0) {
-	    if (his_want_state_is_wont(option)) {
-		switch (option) {
-
-		case TELOPT_BINARY:
-			init_termbuf();
-			tty_binaryin(1);
-			set_termbuf();
-			changeok++;
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_ECHO:
-			/*
-			 * See comments below for more info.
-			 */
-			not42 = 0;	/* looks like a 4.2 system */
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_TM:
-#if	defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE)
-			/*
-			 * This telnetd implementation does not really
-			 * support timing marks, it just uses them to
-			 * support the kludge linemode stuff.  If we
-			 * receive a will or wont TM in response to our
-			 * do TM request that may have been sent to
-			 * determine kludge linemode support, process
-			 * it, otherwise TM should get a negative
-			 * response back.
-			 */
-			/*
-			 * Handle the linemode kludge stuff.
-			 * If we are not currently supporting any
-			 * linemode at all, then we assume that this
-			 * is the client telling us to use kludge
-			 * linemode in response to our query.  Set the
-			 * linemode type that is to be supported, note
-			 * that the client wishes to use linemode, and
-			 * eat the will TM as though it never arrived.
-			 */
-			if (lmodetype < KLUDGE_LINEMODE) {
-				lmodetype = KLUDGE_LINEMODE;
-				clientstat(TELOPT_LINEMODE, WILL, 0);
-				send_wont(TELOPT_SGA, 1);
-			} else if (lmodetype == NO_AUTOKLUDGE) {
-				lmodetype = KLUDGE_OK;
-			}
-#endif	/* defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE) */
-			/*
-			 * We never respond to a WILL TM, and
-			 * we leave the state WONT.
-			 */
-			return;
-
-		case TELOPT_LFLOW:
-			/*
-			 * If we are going to support flow control
-			 * option, then don't worry peer that we can't
-			 * change the flow control characters.
-			 */
-			slctab[SLC_XON].defset.flag &= ~SLC_LEVELBITS;
-			slctab[SLC_XON].defset.flag |= SLC_DEFAULT;
-			slctab[SLC_XOFF].defset.flag &= ~SLC_LEVELBITS;
-			slctab[SLC_XOFF].defset.flag |= SLC_DEFAULT;
-		case TELOPT_TTYPE:
-		case TELOPT_SGA:
-		case TELOPT_NAWS:
-		case TELOPT_TSPEED:
-		case TELOPT_XDISPLOC:
-		case TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON:
-		case TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON:
-			changeok++;
-			break;
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-		case TELOPT_LINEMODE:
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-			/*
-			 * Note client's desire to use linemode.
-			 */
-			lmodetype = REAL_LINEMODE;
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-			func = doclientstat;
-			changeok++;
-			break;
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-#ifdef	AUTHENTICATION
-		case TELOPT_AUTHENTICATION:
-			func = auth_request;
-			changeok++;
-			break;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-		case TELOPT_ENCRYPT:
-			func = encrypt_send_support;
-			changeok++;
-			break;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-
-		default:
-			break;
-		}
-		if (changeok) {
-			set_his_want_state_will(option);
-			send_do(option, 0);
-		} else {
-			do_dont_resp[option]++;
-			send_dont(option, 0);
-		}
-	    } else {
-		/*
-		 * Option processing that should happen when
-		 * we receive conformation of a change in
-		 * state that we had requested.
-		 */
-		switch (option) {
-		case TELOPT_ECHO:
-			not42 = 0;	/* looks like a 4.2 system */
-			/*
-			 * Egads, he responded "WILL ECHO".  Turn
-			 * it off right now!
-			 */
-			send_dont(option, 1);
-			/*
-			 * "WILL ECHO".  Kludge upon kludge!
-			 * A 4.2 client is now echoing user input at
-			 * the tty.  This is probably undesireable and
-			 * it should be stopped.  The client will
-			 * respond WONT TM to the DO TM that we send to
-			 * check for kludge linemode.  When the WONT TM
-			 * arrives, linemode will be turned off and a
-			 * change propogated to the pty.  This change
-			 * will cause us to process the new pty state
-			 * in localstat(), which will notice that
-			 * linemode is off and send a WILL ECHO
-			 * so that we are properly in character mode and
-			 * all is well.
-			 */
-			break;
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-		case TELOPT_LINEMODE:
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-			/*
-			 * Note client's desire to use linemode.
-			 */
-			lmodetype = REAL_LINEMODE;
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-			func = doclientstat;
-			break;
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-#ifdef	AUTHENTICATION
-		case TELOPT_AUTHENTICATION:
-			func = auth_request;
-			break;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-		case TELOPT_ENCRYPT:
-			func = encrypt_send_support;
-			break;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-		case TELOPT_LFLOW:
-			func = flowstat;
-			break;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	set_his_state_will(option);
-	if (func)
-		(*func)();
-}  /* end of willoption */
-
-	void
-send_dont(option, init)
-	int option, init;
-{
-	if (init) {
-		if ((do_dont_resp[option] == 0 && his_state_is_wont(option)) ||
-		    his_want_state_is_wont(option))
-			return;
-		set_his_want_state_wont(option);
-		do_dont_resp[option]++;
-	}
-	(void) sprintf(nfrontp, (char *)dont, option);
-	nfrontp += sizeof (doopt) - 2;
-
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printoption("td: send dont", option));
-}
-
-	void
-wontoption(option)
-	int option;
-{
-	/*
-	 * Process client input.
-	 */
-
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printoption("td: recv wont", option));
-
-	if (do_dont_resp[option]) {
-		do_dont_resp[option]--;
-		if (do_dont_resp[option] && his_state_is_wont(option))
-			do_dont_resp[option]--;
-	}
-	if (do_dont_resp[option] == 0) {
-	    if (his_want_state_is_will(option)) {
-		/* it is always ok to change to negative state */
-		switch (option) {
-		case TELOPT_ECHO:
-			not42 = 1; /* doesn't seem to be a 4.2 system */
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_BINARY:
-			init_termbuf();
-			tty_binaryin(0);
-			set_termbuf();
-			break;
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-		case TELOPT_LINEMODE:
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-			/*
-			 * If real linemode is supported, then client is
-			 * asking to turn linemode off.
-			 */
-			if (lmodetype != REAL_LINEMODE)
-				break;
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-			clientstat(TELOPT_LINEMODE, WONT, 0);
-			break;
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-		case TELOPT_TM:
-			/*
-			 * If we get a WONT TM, and had sent a DO TM,
-			 * don't respond with a DONT TM, just leave it
-			 * as is.  Short circut the state machine to
-			 * achive this.
-			 */
-			set_his_want_state_wont(TELOPT_TM);
-			return;
-
-		case TELOPT_LFLOW:
-			/*
-			 * If we are not going to support flow control
-			 * option, then let peer know that we can't
-			 * change the flow control characters.
-			 */
-			slctab[SLC_XON].defset.flag &= ~SLC_LEVELBITS;
-			slctab[SLC_XON].defset.flag |= SLC_CANTCHANGE;
-			slctab[SLC_XOFF].defset.flag &= ~SLC_LEVELBITS;
-			slctab[SLC_XOFF].defset.flag |= SLC_CANTCHANGE;
-			break;
-
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-		case TELOPT_AUTHENTICATION:
-			auth_finished(0, AUTH_REJECT);
-			break;
-#endif
-
-		/*
-		 * For options that we might spin waiting for
-		 * sub-negotiation, if the client turns off the
-		 * option rather than responding to the request,
-		 * we have to treat it here as if we got a response
-		 * to the sub-negotiation, (by updating the timers)
-		 * so that we'll break out of the loop.
-		 */
-		case TELOPT_TTYPE:
-			settimer(ttypesubopt);
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_TSPEED:
-			settimer(tspeedsubopt);
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_XDISPLOC:
-			settimer(xdisplocsubopt);
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON:
-			settimer(oenvironsubopt);
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON:
-			settimer(environsubopt);
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			break;
-		}
-		set_his_want_state_wont(option);
-		if (his_state_is_will(option))
-			send_dont(option, 0);
-	    } else {
-		switch (option) {
-		case TELOPT_TM:
-#if	defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE)
-			if (lmodetype < NO_AUTOKLUDGE) {
-				lmodetype = NO_LINEMODE;
-				clientstat(TELOPT_LINEMODE, WONT, 0);
-				send_will(TELOPT_SGA, 1);
-				send_will(TELOPT_ECHO, 1);
-			}
-#endif	/* defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE) */
-			break;
-
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-		case TELOPT_AUTHENTICATION:
-			auth_finished(0, AUTH_REJECT);
-			break;
-#endif
-		default:
-			break;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	set_his_state_wont(option);
-
-}  /* end of wontoption */
-
-	void
-send_will(option, init)
-	int option, init;
-{
-	if (init) {
-		if ((will_wont_resp[option] == 0 && my_state_is_will(option))||
-		    my_want_state_is_will(option))
-			return;
-		set_my_want_state_will(option);
-		will_wont_resp[option]++;
-	}
-	(void) sprintf(nfrontp, (char *)will, option);
-	nfrontp += sizeof (doopt) - 2;
-
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printoption("td: send will", option));
-}
-
-#if	!defined(LINEMODE) || !defined(KLUDGELINEMODE)
-/*
- * When we get a DONT SGA, we will try once to turn it
- * back on.  If the other side responds DONT SGA, we
- * leave it at that.  This is so that when we talk to
- * clients that understand KLUDGELINEMODE but not LINEMODE,
- * we'll keep them in char-at-a-time mode.
- */
-int turn_on_sga = 0;
-#endif
-
-	void
-dooption(option)
-	int option;
-{
-	int changeok = 0;
-
-	/*
-	 * Process client input.
-	 */
-
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printoption("td: recv do", option));
-
-	if (will_wont_resp[option]) {
-		will_wont_resp[option]--;
-		if (will_wont_resp[option] && my_state_is_will(option))
-			will_wont_resp[option]--;
-	}
-	if ((will_wont_resp[option] == 0) && (my_want_state_is_wont(option))) {
-		switch (option) {
-		case TELOPT_ECHO:
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-			if (lmodetype == NO_LINEMODE)
-# else
-			if (his_state_is_wont(TELOPT_LINEMODE))
-# endif
-#endif
-			{
-				init_termbuf();
-				tty_setecho(1);
-				set_termbuf();
-			}
-			changeok++;
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_BINARY:
-			init_termbuf();
-			tty_binaryout(1);
-			set_termbuf();
-			changeok++;
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_SGA:
-#if	defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE)
-			/*
-			 * If kludge linemode is in use, then we must
-			 * process an incoming do SGA for linemode
-			 * purposes.
-			 */
-			if (lmodetype == KLUDGE_LINEMODE) {
-				/*
-				 * Receipt of "do SGA" in kludge
-				 * linemode is the peer asking us to
-				 * turn off linemode.  Make note of
-				 * the request.
-				 */
-				clientstat(TELOPT_LINEMODE, WONT, 0);
-				/*
-				 * If linemode did not get turned off
-				 * then don't tell peer that we did.
-				 * Breaking here forces a wont SGA to
-				 * be returned.
-				 */
-				if (linemode)
-					break;
-			}
-#else
-			turn_on_sga = 0;
-#endif	/* defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE) */
-			changeok++;
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_STATUS:
-			changeok++;
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_TM:
-			/*
-			 * Special case for TM.  We send a WILL, but
-			 * pretend we sent a WONT.
-			 */
-			send_will(option, 0);
-			set_my_want_state_wont(option);
-			set_my_state_wont(option);
-			return;
-
-		case TELOPT_LOGOUT:
-			/*
-			 * When we get a LOGOUT option, respond
-			 * with a WILL LOGOUT, make sure that
-			 * it gets written out to the network,
-			 * and then just go away...
-			 */
-			set_my_want_state_will(TELOPT_LOGOUT);
-			send_will(TELOPT_LOGOUT, 0);
-			set_my_state_will(TELOPT_LOGOUT);
-			(void)netflush();
-			cleanup(0);
-			/* NOT REACHED */
-			break;
-
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-		case TELOPT_ENCRYPT:
-			changeok++;
-			break;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-		case TELOPT_LINEMODE:
-		case TELOPT_TTYPE:
-		case TELOPT_NAWS:
-		case TELOPT_TSPEED:
-		case TELOPT_LFLOW:
-		case TELOPT_XDISPLOC:
-#ifdef	TELOPT_ENVIRON
-		case TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON:
-#endif
-		case TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON:
-		default:
-			break;
-		}
-		if (changeok) {
-			set_my_want_state_will(option);
-			send_will(option, 0);
-		} else {
-			will_wont_resp[option]++;
-			send_wont(option, 0);
-		}
-	}
-	set_my_state_will(option);
-
-}  /* end of dooption */
-
-	void
-send_wont(option, init)
-	int option, init;
-{
-	if (init) {
-		if ((will_wont_resp[option] == 0 && my_state_is_wont(option)) ||
-		    my_want_state_is_wont(option))
-			return;
-		set_my_want_state_wont(option);
-		will_wont_resp[option]++;
-	}
-	(void) sprintf(nfrontp, (char *)wont, option);
-	nfrontp += sizeof (wont) - 2;
-
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printoption("td: send wont", option));
-}
-
-	void
-dontoption(option)
-	int option;
-{
-	/*
-	 * Process client input.
-	 */
-
-
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printoption("td: recv dont", option));
-
-	if (will_wont_resp[option]) {
-		will_wont_resp[option]--;
-		if (will_wont_resp[option] && my_state_is_wont(option))
-			will_wont_resp[option]--;
-	}
-	if ((will_wont_resp[option] == 0) && (my_want_state_is_will(option))) {
-		switch (option) {
-		case TELOPT_BINARY:
-			init_termbuf();
-			tty_binaryout(0);
-			set_termbuf();
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_ECHO:	/* we should stop echoing */
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-			if ((lmodetype != REAL_LINEMODE) &&
-			    (lmodetype != KLUDGE_LINEMODE))
-# else
-			if (his_state_is_wont(TELOPT_LINEMODE))
-# endif
-#endif
-			{
-				init_termbuf();
-				tty_setecho(0);
-				set_termbuf();
-			}
-			break;
-
-		case TELOPT_SGA:
-#if	defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE)
-			/*
-			 * If kludge linemode is in use, then we
-			 * must process an incoming do SGA for
-			 * linemode purposes.
-			 */
-			if ((lmodetype == KLUDGE_LINEMODE) ||
-			    (lmodetype == KLUDGE_OK)) {
-				/*
-				 * The client is asking us to turn
-				 * linemode on.
-				 */
-				lmodetype = KLUDGE_LINEMODE;
-				clientstat(TELOPT_LINEMODE, WILL, 0);
-				/*
-				 * If we did not turn line mode on,
-				 * then what do we say?  Will SGA?
-				 * This violates design of telnet.
-				 * Gross.  Very Gross.
-				 */
-			}
-			break;
-#else
-			set_my_want_state_wont(option);
-			if (my_state_is_will(option))
-				send_wont(option, 0);
-			set_my_state_wont(option);
-			if (turn_on_sga ^= 1)
-				send_will(option, 1);
-			return;
-#endif	/* defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE) */
-
-		default:
-			break;
-		}
-
-		set_my_want_state_wont(option);
-		if (my_state_is_will(option))
-			send_wont(option, 0);
-	}
-	set_my_state_wont(option);
-
-}  /* end of dontoption */
-
-#ifdef	ENV_HACK
-int env_ovar = -1;
-int env_ovalue = -1;
-#else	/* ENV_HACK */
-# define env_ovar OLD_ENV_VAR
-# define env_ovalue OLD_ENV_VALUE
-#endif	/* ENV_HACK */
-
-/*
- * suboption()
- *
- *	Look at the sub-option buffer, and try to be helpful to the other
- * side.
- *
- *	Currently we recognize:
- *
- *	Terminal type is
- *	Linemode
- *	Window size
- *	Terminal speed
- */
-	void
-suboption()
-{
-    register int subchar;
-
-    DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, {netflush(); printsub('<', subpointer, SB_LEN()+2);});
-
-    subchar = SB_GET();
-    switch (subchar) {
-    case TELOPT_TSPEED: {
-	register int xspeed, rspeed;
-
-	if (his_state_is_wont(TELOPT_TSPEED))	/* Ignore if option disabled */
-		break;
-
-	settimer(tspeedsubopt);
-
-	if (SB_EOF() || SB_GET() != TELQUAL_IS)
-		return;
-
-	xspeed = atoi((char *)subpointer);
-
-	while (SB_GET() != ',' && !SB_EOF());
-	if (SB_EOF())
-		return;
-
-	rspeed = atoi((char *)subpointer);
-	clientstat(TELOPT_TSPEED, xspeed, rspeed);
-
-	break;
-
-    }  /* end of case TELOPT_TSPEED */
-
-    case TELOPT_TTYPE: {		/* Yaaaay! */
-	static char terminalname[41];
-
-	if (his_state_is_wont(TELOPT_TTYPE))	/* Ignore if option disabled */
-		break;
-	settimer(ttypesubopt);
-
-	if (SB_EOF() || SB_GET() != TELQUAL_IS) {
-	    return;		/* ??? XXX but, this is the most robust */
-	}
-
-	terminaltype = terminalname;
-
-	while ((terminaltype < (terminalname + sizeof terminalname-1)) &&
-								    !SB_EOF()) {
-	    register int c;
-
-	    c = SB_GET();
-	    if (isupper(c)) {
-		c = tolower(c);
-	    }
-	    *terminaltype++ = c;    /* accumulate name */
-	}
-	*terminaltype = 0;
-	terminaltype = terminalname;
-	break;
-    }  /* end of case TELOPT_TTYPE */
-
-    case TELOPT_NAWS: {
-	register int xwinsize, ywinsize;
-
-	if (his_state_is_wont(TELOPT_NAWS))	/* Ignore if option disabled */
-		break;
-
-	if (SB_EOF())
-		return;
-	xwinsize = SB_GET() << 8;
-	if (SB_EOF())
-		return;
-	xwinsize |= SB_GET();
-	if (SB_EOF())
-		return;
-	ywinsize = SB_GET() << 8;
-	if (SB_EOF())
-		return;
-	ywinsize |= SB_GET();
-	clientstat(TELOPT_NAWS, xwinsize, ywinsize);
-
-	break;
-
-    }  /* end of case TELOPT_NAWS */
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-    case TELOPT_LINEMODE: {
-	register int request;
-
-	if (his_state_is_wont(TELOPT_LINEMODE))	/* Ignore if option disabled */
-		break;
-	/*
-	 * Process linemode suboptions.
-	 */
-	if (SB_EOF())
-	    break;		/* garbage was sent */
-	request = SB_GET();	/* get will/wont */
-
-	if (SB_EOF())
-	    break;		/* another garbage check */
-
-	if (request == LM_SLC) {  /* SLC is not preceeded by WILL or WONT */
-		/*
-		 * Process suboption buffer of slc's
-		 */
-		start_slc(1);
-		do_opt_slc(subpointer, subend - subpointer);
-		(void) end_slc(0);
-		break;
-	} else if (request == LM_MODE) {
-		if (SB_EOF())
-		    return;
-		useeditmode = SB_GET();  /* get mode flag */
-		clientstat(LM_MODE, 0, 0);
-		break;
-	}
-
-	if (SB_EOF())
-	    break;
-	switch (SB_GET()) {  /* what suboption? */
-	case LM_FORWARDMASK:
-		/*
-		 * According to spec, only server can send request for
-		 * forwardmask, and client can only return a positive response.
-		 * So don't worry about it.
-		 */
-
-	default:
-		break;
-	}
-	break;
-    }  /* end of case TELOPT_LINEMODE */
-#endif
-    case TELOPT_STATUS: {
-	int mode;
-
-	if (SB_EOF())
-	    break;
-	mode = SB_GET();
-	switch (mode) {
-	case TELQUAL_SEND:
-	    if (my_state_is_will(TELOPT_STATUS))
-		send_status();
-	    break;
-
-	case TELQUAL_IS:
-	    break;
-
-	default:
-	    break;
-	}
-	break;
-    }  /* end of case TELOPT_STATUS */
-
-    case TELOPT_XDISPLOC: {
-	if (SB_EOF() || SB_GET() != TELQUAL_IS)
-		return;
-	settimer(xdisplocsubopt);
-	subpointer[SB_LEN()] = '\0';
-	(void)setenv("DISPLAY", (char *)subpointer, 1);
-	break;
-    }  /* end of case TELOPT_XDISPLOC */
-
-#ifdef	TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON
-    case TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON:
-#endif
-    case TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON: {
-	register int c;
-	register char *cp, *varp, *valp;
-
-	if (SB_EOF())
-		return;
-	c = SB_GET();
-	if (c == TELQUAL_IS) {
-		if (subchar == TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON)
-			settimer(oenvironsubopt);
-		else
-			settimer(environsubopt);
-	} else if (c != TELQUAL_INFO) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-#ifdef	TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON
-	if (subchar == TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON) {
-	    while (!SB_EOF()) {
-		c = SB_GET();
-		if ((c == NEW_ENV_VAR) || (c == ENV_USERVAR))
-			break;
-	    }
-	} else
-#endif
-	{
-#ifdef	ENV_HACK
-	    /*
-	     * We only want to do this if we haven't already decided
-	     * whether or not the other side has its VALUE and VAR
-	     * reversed.
-	     */
-	    if (env_ovar < 0) {
-		register int last = -1;		/* invalid value */
-		int empty = 0;
-		int got_var = 0, got_value = 0, got_uservar = 0;
-
-		/*
-		 * The other side might have its VALUE and VAR values
-		 * reversed.  To be interoperable, we need to determine
-		 * which way it is.  If the first recognized character
-		 * is a VAR or VALUE, then that will tell us what
-		 * type of client it is.  If the fist recognized
-		 * character is a USERVAR, then we continue scanning
-		 * the suboption looking for two consecutive
-		 * VAR or VALUE fields.  We should not get two
-		 * consecutive VALUE fields, so finding two
-		 * consecutive VALUE or VAR fields will tell us
-		 * what the client is.
-		 */
-		SB_SAVE();
-		while (!SB_EOF()) {
-			c = SB_GET();
-			switch(c) {
-			case OLD_ENV_VAR:
-				if (last < 0 || last == OLD_ENV_VAR
-				    || (empty && (last == OLD_ENV_VALUE)))
-					goto env_ovar_ok;
-				got_var++;
-				last = OLD_ENV_VAR;
-				break;
-			case OLD_ENV_VALUE:
-				if (last < 0 || last == OLD_ENV_VALUE
-				    || (empty && (last == OLD_ENV_VAR)))
-					goto env_ovar_wrong;
-				got_value++;
-				last = OLD_ENV_VALUE;
-				break;
-			case ENV_USERVAR:
-				/* count strings of USERVAR as one */
-				if (last != ENV_USERVAR)
-					got_uservar++;
-				if (empty) {
-					if (last == OLD_ENV_VALUE)
-						goto env_ovar_ok;
-					if (last == OLD_ENV_VAR)
-						goto env_ovar_wrong;
-				}
-				last = ENV_USERVAR;
-				break;
-			case ENV_ESC:
-				if (!SB_EOF())
-					c = SB_GET();
-				/* FALL THROUGH */
-			default:
-				empty = 0;
-				continue;
-			}
-			empty = 1;
-		}
-		if (empty) {
-			if (last == OLD_ENV_VALUE)
-				goto env_ovar_ok;
-			if (last == OLD_ENV_VAR)
-				goto env_ovar_wrong;
-		}
-		/*
-		 * Ok, the first thing was a USERVAR, and there
-		 * are not two consecutive VAR or VALUE commands,
-		 * and none of the VAR or VALUE commands are empty.
-		 * If the client has sent us a well-formed option,
-		 * then the number of VALUEs received should always
-		 * be less than or equal to the number of VARs and
-		 * USERVARs received.
-		 *
-		 * If we got exactly as many VALUEs as VARs and
-		 * USERVARs, the client has the same definitions.
-		 *
-		 * If we got exactly as many VARs as VALUEs and
-		 * USERVARS, the client has reversed definitions.
-		 */
-		if (got_uservar + got_var == got_value) {
-	    env_ovar_ok:
-			env_ovar = OLD_ENV_VAR;
-			env_ovalue = OLD_ENV_VALUE;
-		} else if (got_uservar + got_value == got_var) {
-	    env_ovar_wrong:
-			env_ovar = OLD_ENV_VALUE;
-			env_ovalue = OLD_ENV_VAR;
-			DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, {sprintf(nfrontp,
-				"ENVIRON VALUE and VAR are reversed!\r\n");
-				nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);});
-
-		}
-	    }
-	    SB_RESTORE();
-#endif
-
-	    while (!SB_EOF()) {
-		c = SB_GET();
-		if ((c == env_ovar) || (c == ENV_USERVAR))
-			break;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (SB_EOF())
-		return;
-
-	cp = varp = (char *)subpointer;
-	valp = 0;
-
-	while (!SB_EOF()) {
-		c = SB_GET();
-		if (subchar == TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON) {
-			if (c == env_ovar)
-				c = NEW_ENV_VAR;
-			else if (c == env_ovalue)
-				c = NEW_ENV_VALUE;
-		}
-		switch (c) {
-
-		case NEW_ENV_VALUE:
-			*cp = '\0';
-			cp = valp = (char *)subpointer;
-			break;
-
-		case NEW_ENV_VAR:
-		case ENV_USERVAR:
-			*cp = '\0';
-			if (valp)
-				(void)setenv(varp, valp, 1);
-			else
-				unsetenv(varp);
-			cp = varp = (char *)subpointer;
-			valp = 0;
-			break;
-
-		case ENV_ESC:
-			if (SB_EOF())
-				break;
-			c = SB_GET();
-			/* FALL THROUGH */
-		default:
-			*cp++ = c;
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	*cp = '\0';
-	if (valp)
-		(void)setenv(varp, valp, 1);
-	else
-		unsetenv(varp);
-	break;
-    }  /* end of case TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON */
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-    case TELOPT_AUTHENTICATION:
-	if (SB_EOF())
-		break;
-	switch(SB_GET()) {
-	case TELQUAL_SEND:
-	case TELQUAL_REPLY:
-		/*
-		 * These are sent by us and cannot be sent by
-		 * the client.
-		 */
-		break;
-	case TELQUAL_IS:
-		auth_is(subpointer, SB_LEN());
-		break;
-	case TELQUAL_NAME:
-		auth_name(subpointer, SB_LEN());
-		break;
-	}
-	break;
-#endif
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-    case TELOPT_ENCRYPT:
-	if (SB_EOF())
-		break;
-	switch(SB_GET()) {
-	case ENCRYPT_SUPPORT:
-		encrypt_support(subpointer, SB_LEN());
-		break;
-	case ENCRYPT_IS:
-		encrypt_is(subpointer, SB_LEN());
-		break;
-	case ENCRYPT_REPLY:
-		encrypt_reply(subpointer, SB_LEN());
-		break;
-	case ENCRYPT_START:
-		encrypt_start(subpointer, SB_LEN());
-		break;
-	case ENCRYPT_END:
-		encrypt_end();
-		break;
-	case ENCRYPT_REQSTART:
-		encrypt_request_start(subpointer, SB_LEN());
-		break;
-	case ENCRYPT_REQEND:
-		/*
-		 * We can always send an REQEND so that we cannot
-		 * get stuck encrypting.  We should only get this
-		 * if we have been able to get in the correct mode
-		 * anyhow.
-		 */
-		encrypt_request_end();
-		break;
-	case ENCRYPT_ENC_KEYID:
-		encrypt_enc_keyid(subpointer, SB_LEN());
-		break;
-	case ENCRYPT_DEC_KEYID:
-		encrypt_dec_keyid(subpointer, SB_LEN());
-		break;
-	default:
-		break;
-	}
-	break;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-
-    default:
-	break;
-    }  /* end of switch */
-
-}  /* end of suboption */
-
-	void
-doclientstat()
-{
-	clientstat(TELOPT_LINEMODE, WILL, 0);
-}
-
-#define	ADD(c)	 *ncp++ = c
-#define	ADD_DATA(c) { *ncp++ = c; if (c == SE || c == IAC) *ncp++ = c; }
-	void
-send_status()
-{
-	unsigned char statusbuf[256];
-	register unsigned char *ncp;
-	register unsigned char i;
-
-	ncp = statusbuf;
-
-	netflush();	/* get rid of anything waiting to go out */
-
-	ADD(IAC);
-	ADD(SB);
-	ADD(TELOPT_STATUS);
-	ADD(TELQUAL_IS);
-
-	/*
-	 * We check the want_state rather than the current state,
-	 * because if we received a DO/WILL for an option that we
-	 * don't support, and the other side didn't send a DONT/WONT
-	 * in response to our WONT/DONT, then the "state" will be
-	 * WILL/DO, and the "want_state" will be WONT/DONT.  We
-	 * need to go by the latter.
-	 */
-	for (i = 0; i < (unsigned char)NTELOPTS; i++) {
-		if (my_want_state_is_will(i)) {
-			ADD(WILL);
-			ADD_DATA(i);
-		}
-		if (his_want_state_is_will(i)) {
-			ADD(DO);
-			ADD_DATA(i);
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (his_want_state_is_will(TELOPT_LFLOW)) {
-		ADD(SB);
-		ADD(TELOPT_LFLOW);
-		if (flowmode) {
-			ADD(LFLOW_ON);
-		} else {
-			ADD(LFLOW_OFF);
-		}
-		ADD(SE);
-
-		if (restartany >= 0) {
-			ADD(SB);
-			ADD(TELOPT_LFLOW);
-			if (restartany) {
-				ADD(LFLOW_RESTART_ANY);
-			} else {
-				ADD(LFLOW_RESTART_XON);
-			}
-			ADD(SE);
-		}
-	}
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-	if (his_want_state_is_will(TELOPT_LINEMODE)) {
-		unsigned char *cp, *cpe;
-		int len;
-
-		ADD(SB);
-		ADD(TELOPT_LINEMODE);
-		ADD(LM_MODE);
-		ADD_DATA(editmode);
-		ADD(SE);
-
-		ADD(SB);
-		ADD(TELOPT_LINEMODE);
-		ADD(LM_SLC);
-		start_slc(0);
-		send_slc();
-		len = end_slc(&cp);
-		for (cpe = cp + len; cp < cpe; cp++)
-			ADD_DATA(*cp);
-		ADD(SE);
-	}
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-	ADD(IAC);
-	ADD(SE);
-
-	writenet(statusbuf, ncp - statusbuf);
-	netflush();	/* Send it on its way */
-
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS,
-		{printsub('>', statusbuf, ncp - statusbuf); netflush();});
-}
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/sys_term.c b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/sys_term.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f9b1617..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/sys_term.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2325 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef lint
-static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)sys_term.c	8.4+1 (Berkeley) 5/30/95";
-#endif /* not lint */
-
-#include "telnetd.h"
-#include "pathnames.h"
-
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-#include <libtelnet/auth.h>
-#endif
-
-extern char *altlogin;
-int cleanopen(char *line);
-void scrub_env(void);
-
-#if defined(CRAY) || defined(__hpux)
-# define PARENT_DOES_UTMP
-#endif
-
-int     utmp_len = MAXHOSTNAMELEN;
-#ifdef	NEWINIT
-#include <initreq.h>
-#else	/* NEWINIT*/
-# ifdef	UTMPX
-# include <utmpx.h>
-struct	utmpx wtmp;
-# else
-# include <utmp.h>
-struct	utmp wtmp;
-# endif /* UTMPX */
-
-# ifndef PARENT_DOES_UTMP
-#ifdef _PATH_WTMP
-char    wtmpf[] = _PATH_WTMP;
-#else
-char	wtmpf[]	= "/usr/adm/wtmp";
-#endif
-#ifdef _PATH_UTMP
-char    utmpf[] = _PATH_UTMP;
-#else
-char	utmpf[] = "/etc/utmp";
-#endif
-# else /* PARENT_DOES_UTMP */
-char	wtmpf[]	= "/etc/wtmp";
-# endif /* PARENT_DOES_UTMP */
-
-#include <libutil.h>
-
-# ifdef CRAY
-#include <tmpdir.h>
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#  if (UNICOS_LVL == '7.0') || (UNICOS_LVL == '7.1')
-#   define UNICOS7x
-#  endif
-
-#  ifdef UNICOS7x
-#include <sys/sysv.h>
-#include <sys/secstat.h>
-extern int secflag;
-extern struct sysv sysv;
-#  endif /* UNICOS7x */
-# endif	/* CRAY */
-#endif	/* NEWINIT */
-
-#ifdef	STREAMSPTY
-#include <sac.h>
-#include <sys/stropts.h>
-#endif
-
-#define SCPYN(a, b)	(void) strncpy(a, b, sizeof(a))
-#define SCMPN(a, b)	strncmp(a, b, sizeof(a))
-
-#ifdef	STREAMS
-#include <sys/stream.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef __hpux
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#include <sys/proc.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/tty.h>
-#ifdef	t_erase
-#undef	t_erase
-#undef	t_kill
-#undef	t_intrc
-#undef	t_quitc
-#undef	t_startc
-#undef	t_stopc
-#undef	t_eofc
-#undef	t_brkc
-#undef	t_suspc
-#undef	t_dsuspc
-#undef	t_rprntc
-#undef	t_flushc
-#undef	t_werasc
-#undef	t_lnextc
-#endif
-
-#if defined(UNICOS5) && defined(CRAY2) && !defined(EXTPROC)
-# define EXTPROC 0400
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-struct termbuf {
-	struct sgttyb sg;
-	struct tchars tc;
-	struct ltchars ltc;
-	int state;
-	int lflags;
-} termbuf, termbuf2;
-# define	cfsetospeed(tp, val)	(tp)->sg.sg_ospeed = (val)
-# define	cfsetispeed(tp, val)	(tp)->sg.sg_ispeed = (val)
-# define	cfgetospeed(tp)		(tp)->sg.sg_ospeed
-# define	cfgetispeed(tp)		(tp)->sg.sg_ispeed
-#else	/* USE_TERMIO */
-# ifdef	SYSV_TERMIO
-#	define termios termio
-# endif
-# ifndef	TCSANOW
-#  ifdef TCSETS
-#   define	TCSANOW		TCSETS
-#   define	TCSADRAIN	TCSETSW
-#   define	tcgetattr(f, t)	ioctl(f, TCGETS, (char *)t)
-#  else
-#   ifdef TCSETA
-#    define	TCSANOW		TCSETA
-#    define	TCSADRAIN	TCSETAW
-#    define	tcgetattr(f, t)	ioctl(f, TCGETA, (char *)t)
-#   else
-#    define	TCSANOW		TIOCSETA
-#    define	TCSADRAIN	TIOCSETAW
-#    define	tcgetattr(f, t)	ioctl(f, TIOCGETA, (char *)t)
-#   endif
-#  endif
-#  define	tcsetattr(f, a, t)	ioctl(f, a, t)
-#  define	cfsetospeed(tp, val)	(tp)->c_cflag &= ~CBAUD; \
-					(tp)->c_cflag |= (val)
-#  define	cfgetospeed(tp)		((tp)->c_cflag & CBAUD)
-#  ifdef CIBAUD
-#   define	cfsetispeed(tp, val)	(tp)->c_cflag &= ~CIBAUD; \
-					(tp)->c_cflag |= ((val)<<IBSHIFT)
-#   define	cfgetispeed(tp)		(((tp)->c_cflag & CIBAUD)>>IBSHIFT)
-#  else
-#   define	cfsetispeed(tp, val)	(tp)->c_cflag &= ~CBAUD; \
-					(tp)->c_cflag |= (val)
-#   define	cfgetispeed(tp)		((tp)->c_cflag & CBAUD)
-#  endif
-# endif /* TCSANOW */
-struct termios termbuf, termbuf2;	/* pty control structure */
-# ifdef  STREAMSPTY
-int ttyfd = -1;
-# endif
-#endif	/* USE_TERMIO */
-
-/*
- * init_termbuf()
- * copy_termbuf(cp)
- * set_termbuf()
- *
- * These three routines are used to get and set the "termbuf" structure
- * to and from the kernel.  init_termbuf() gets the current settings.
- * copy_termbuf() hands in a new "termbuf" to write to the kernel, and
- * set_termbuf() writes the structure into the kernel.
- */
-
-	void
-init_termbuf()
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCGETP, (char *)&termbuf.sg);
-	(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCGETC, (char *)&termbuf.tc);
-	(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCGLTC, (char *)&termbuf.ltc);
-# ifdef	TIOCGSTATE
-	(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCGSTATE, (char *)&termbuf.state);
-# endif
-#else
-# ifdef  STREAMSPTY
-	(void) tcgetattr(ttyfd, &termbuf);
-# else
-	(void) tcgetattr(pty, &termbuf);
-# endif
-#endif
-	termbuf2 = termbuf;
-}
-
-#if	defined(LINEMODE) && defined(TIOCPKT_IOCTL)
-	void
-copy_termbuf(cp, len)
-	char *cp;
-	int len;
-{
-	if (len > sizeof(termbuf))
-		len = sizeof(termbuf);
-	memmove((char *)&termbuf, cp, len);
-	termbuf2 = termbuf;
-}
-#endif	/* defined(LINEMODE) && defined(TIOCPKT_IOCTL) */
-
-	void
-set_termbuf()
-{
-	/*
-	 * Only make the necessary changes.
-	 */
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	if (memcmp((char *)&termbuf.sg, (char *)&termbuf2.sg,
-							sizeof(termbuf.sg)))
-		(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCSETN, (char *)&termbuf.sg);
-	if (memcmp((char *)&termbuf.tc, (char *)&termbuf2.tc,
-							sizeof(termbuf.tc)))
-		(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCSETC, (char *)&termbuf.tc);
-	if (memcmp((char *)&termbuf.ltc, (char *)&termbuf2.ltc,
-							sizeof(termbuf.ltc)))
-		(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCSLTC, (char *)&termbuf.ltc);
-	if (termbuf.lflags != termbuf2.lflags)
-		(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCLSET, (char *)&termbuf.lflags);
-#else	/* USE_TERMIO */
-	if (memcmp((char *)&termbuf, (char *)&termbuf2, sizeof(termbuf)))
-# ifdef  STREAMSPTY
-		(void) tcsetattr(ttyfd, TCSANOW, &termbuf);
-# else
-		(void) tcsetattr(pty, TCSANOW, &termbuf);
-# endif
-# if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-	needtermstat = 1;
-# endif
-#endif	/* USE_TERMIO */
-}
-
-
-/*
- * spcset(func, valp, valpp)
- *
- * This function takes various special characters (func), and
- * sets *valp to the current value of that character, and
- * *valpp to point to where in the "termbuf" structure that
- * value is kept.
- *
- * It returns the SLC_ level of support for this function.
- */
-
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	int
-spcset(func, valp, valpp)
-	int func;
-	cc_t *valp;
-	cc_t **valpp;
-{
-	switch(func) {
-	case SLC_EOF:
-		*valp = termbuf.tc.t_eofc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.tc.t_eofc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_EC:
-		*valp = termbuf.sg.sg_erase;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.sg.sg_erase;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_EL:
-		*valp = termbuf.sg.sg_kill;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.sg.sg_kill;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_IP:
-		*valp = termbuf.tc.t_intrc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.tc.t_intrc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE|SLC_FLUSHIN|SLC_FLUSHOUT);
-	case SLC_ABORT:
-		*valp = termbuf.tc.t_quitc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.tc.t_quitc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE|SLC_FLUSHIN|SLC_FLUSHOUT);
-	case SLC_XON:
-		*valp = termbuf.tc.t_startc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.tc.t_startc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_XOFF:
-		*valp = termbuf.tc.t_stopc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.tc.t_stopc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_AO:
-		*valp = termbuf.ltc.t_flushc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.ltc.t_flushc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_SUSP:
-		*valp = termbuf.ltc.t_suspc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.ltc.t_suspc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_EW:
-		*valp = termbuf.ltc.t_werasc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.ltc.t_werasc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_RP:
-		*valp = termbuf.ltc.t_rprntc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.ltc.t_rprntc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_LNEXT:
-		*valp = termbuf.ltc.t_lnextc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.ltc.t_lnextc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_FORW1:
-		*valp = termbuf.tc.t_brkc;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)&termbuf.ltc.t_lnextc;
-		return(SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_BRK:
-	case SLC_SYNCH:
-	case SLC_AYT:
-	case SLC_EOR:
-		*valp = (cc_t)0;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)0;
-		return(SLC_DEFAULT);
-	default:
-		*valp = (cc_t)0;
-		*valpp = (cc_t *)0;
-		return(SLC_NOSUPPORT);
-	}
-}
-
-#else	/* USE_TERMIO */
-
-	int
-spcset(func, valp, valpp)
-	int func;
-	cc_t *valp;
-	cc_t **valpp;
-{
-
-#define	setval(a, b)	*valp = termbuf.c_cc[a]; \
-			*valpp = &termbuf.c_cc[a]; \
-			return(b);
-#define	defval(a) *valp = ((cc_t)a); *valpp = (cc_t *)0; return(SLC_DEFAULT);
-
-	switch(func) {
-	case SLC_EOF:
-		setval(VEOF, SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_EC:
-		setval(VERASE, SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_EL:
-		setval(VKILL, SLC_VARIABLE);
-	case SLC_IP:
-		setval(VINTR, SLC_VARIABLE|SLC_FLUSHIN|SLC_FLUSHOUT);
-	case SLC_ABORT:
-		setval(VQUIT, SLC_VARIABLE|SLC_FLUSHIN|SLC_FLUSHOUT);
-	case SLC_XON:
-#ifdef	VSTART
-		setval(VSTART, SLC_VARIABLE);
-#else
-		defval(0x13);
-#endif
-	case SLC_XOFF:
-#ifdef	VSTOP
-		setval(VSTOP, SLC_VARIABLE);
-#else
-		defval(0x11);
-#endif
-	case SLC_EW:
-#ifdef	VWERASE
-		setval(VWERASE, SLC_VARIABLE);
-#else
-		defval(0);
-#endif
-	case SLC_RP:
-#ifdef	VREPRINT
-		setval(VREPRINT, SLC_VARIABLE);
-#else
-		defval(0);
-#endif
-	case SLC_LNEXT:
-#ifdef	VLNEXT
-		setval(VLNEXT, SLC_VARIABLE);
-#else
-		defval(0);
-#endif
-	case SLC_AO:
-#if	!defined(VDISCARD) && defined(VFLUSHO)
-# define VDISCARD VFLUSHO
-#endif
-#ifdef	VDISCARD
-		setval(VDISCARD, SLC_VARIABLE|SLC_FLUSHOUT);
-#else
-		defval(0);
-#endif
-	case SLC_SUSP:
-#ifdef	VSUSP
-		setval(VSUSP, SLC_VARIABLE|SLC_FLUSHIN);
-#else
-		defval(0);
-#endif
-#ifdef	VEOL
-	case SLC_FORW1:
-		setval(VEOL, SLC_VARIABLE);
-#endif
-#ifdef	VEOL2
-	case SLC_FORW2:
-		setval(VEOL2, SLC_VARIABLE);
-#endif
-	case SLC_AYT:
-#ifdef	VSTATUS
-		setval(VSTATUS, SLC_VARIABLE);
-#else
-		defval(0);
-#endif
-
-	case SLC_BRK:
-	case SLC_SYNCH:
-	case SLC_EOR:
-		defval(0);
-
-	default:
-		*valp = 0;
-		*valpp = 0;
-		return(SLC_NOSUPPORT);
-	}
-}
-#endif	/* USE_TERMIO */
-
-#ifdef CRAY
-/*
- * getnpty()
- *
- * Return the number of pty's configured into the system.
- */
-	int
-getnpty()
-{
-#ifdef _SC_CRAY_NPTY
-	int numptys;
-
-	if ((numptys = sysconf(_SC_CRAY_NPTY)) != -1)
-		return numptys;
-	else
-#endif /* _SC_CRAY_NPTY */
-		return 128;
-}
-#endif /* CRAY */
-
-#ifndef	convex
-/*
- * getpty()
- *
- * Allocate a pty.  As a side effect, the external character
- * array "line" contains the name of the slave side.
- *
- * Returns the file descriptor of the opened pty.
- */
-#ifndef	__GNUC__
-char *line = "\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0";
-#else
-static char Xline[] = "\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0";
-char *line = Xline;
-#endif
-#ifdef	CRAY
-char *myline = "\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0";
-#endif	/* CRAY */
-
-	int
-getpty(ptynum)
-int *ptynum;
-{
-	register int p;
-#ifdef	STREAMSPTY
-	int t;
-	char *ptsname();
-
-	p = open("/dev/ptmx", 2);
-	if (p > 0) {
-		grantpt(p);
-		unlockpt(p);
-		strcpy(line, ptsname(p));
-		return(p);
-	}
-
-#else	/* ! STREAMSPTY */
-#ifndef CRAY
-	register char *cp, *p1, *p2;
-	register int i;
-#if defined(sun) && defined(TIOCGPGRP) && BSD < 199207
-	int dummy;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	__hpux
-	(void) sprintf(line, "/dev/ptyXX");
-	p1 = &line[8];
-	p2 = &line[9];
-#else
-	(void) sprintf(line, "/dev/ptym/ptyXX");
-	p1 = &line[13];
-	p2 = &line[14];
-#endif
-
-	for (cp = "pqrsPQRS"; *cp; cp++) {
-		struct stat stb;
-
-		*p1 = *cp;
-		*p2 = '0';
-		/*
-		 * This stat() check is just to keep us from
-		 * looping through all 256 combinations if there
-		 * aren't that many ptys available.
-		 */
-		if (stat(line, &stb) < 0)
-			break;
-		for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
-			*p2 = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv"[i];
-			p = open(line, 2);
-			if (p > 0) {
-#ifndef	__hpux
-				line[5] = 't';
-#else
-				for (p1 = &line[8]; *p1; p1++)
-					*p1 = *(p1+1);
-				line[9] = 't';
-#endif
-				chown(line, 0, 0);
-				chmod(line, 0600);
-#if defined(sun) && defined(TIOCGPGRP) && BSD < 199207
-				if (ioctl(p, TIOCGPGRP, &dummy) == 0
-				    || errno != EIO) {
-					chmod(line, 0666);
-					close(p);
-					line[5] = 'p';
-				} else
-#endif /* defined(sun) && defined(TIOCGPGRP) && BSD < 199207 */
-					return(p);
-			}
-		}
-	}
-#else	/* CRAY */
-	extern lowpty, highpty;
-	struct stat sb;
-
-	for (*ptynum = lowpty; *ptynum <= highpty; (*ptynum)++) {
-		(void) sprintf(myline, "/dev/pty/%03d", *ptynum);
-		p = open(myline, 2);
-		if (p < 0)
-			continue;
-		(void) sprintf(line, "/dev/ttyp%03d", *ptynum);
-		/*
-		 * Here are some shenanigans to make sure that there
-		 * are no listeners lurking on the line.
-		 */
-		if(stat(line, &sb) < 0) {
-			(void) close(p);
-			continue;
-		}
-		if(sb.st_uid || sb.st_gid || sb.st_mode != 0600) {
-			chown(line, 0, 0);
-			chmod(line, 0600);
-			(void)close(p);
-			p = open(myline, 2);
-			if (p < 0)
-				continue;
-		}
-		/*
-		 * Now it should be safe...check for accessability.
-		 */
-		if (access(line, 6) == 0)
-			return(p);
-		else {
-			/* no tty side to pty so skip it */
-			(void) close(p);
-		}
-	}
-#endif	/* CRAY */
-#endif	/* STREAMSPTY */
-	return(-1);
-}
-#endif	/* convex */
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-/*
- * tty_flowmode()	Find out if flow control is enabled or disabled.
- * tty_linemode()	Find out if linemode (external processing) is enabled.
- * tty_setlinemod(on)	Turn on/off linemode.
- * tty_isecho()		Find out if echoing is turned on.
- * tty_setecho(on)	Enable/disable character echoing.
- * tty_israw()		Find out if terminal is in RAW mode.
- * tty_binaryin(on)	Turn on/off BINARY on input.
- * tty_binaryout(on)	Turn on/off BINARY on output.
- * tty_isediting()	Find out if line editing is enabled.
- * tty_istrapsig()	Find out if signal trapping is enabled.
- * tty_setedit(on)	Turn on/off line editing.
- * tty_setsig(on)	Turn on/off signal trapping.
- * tty_issofttab()	Find out if tab expansion is enabled.
- * tty_setsofttab(on)	Turn on/off soft tab expansion.
- * tty_islitecho()	Find out if typed control chars are echoed literally
- * tty_setlitecho()	Turn on/off literal echo of control chars
- * tty_tspeed(val)	Set transmit speed to val.
- * tty_rspeed(val)	Set receive speed to val.
- */
-
-#ifdef convex
-static int linestate;
-#endif
-
-	int
-tty_linemode()
-{
-#ifndef convex
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	return(termbuf.state & TS_EXTPROC);
-#else
-	return(termbuf.c_lflag & EXTPROC);
-#endif
-#else
-	return(linestate);
-#endif
-}
-
-	void
-tty_setlinemode(on)
-	int on;
-{
-#ifdef	TIOCEXT
-# ifndef convex
-	set_termbuf();
-# else
-	linestate = on;
-# endif
-	(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCEXT, (char *)&on);
-# ifndef convex
-	init_termbuf();
-# endif
-#else	/* !TIOCEXT */
-# ifdef	EXTPROC
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.c_lflag |= EXTPROC;
-	else
-		termbuf.c_lflag &= ~EXTPROC;
-# endif
-#endif	/* TIOCEXT */
-}
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-	int
-tty_isecho()
-{
-#ifndef USE_TERMIO
-	return (termbuf.sg.sg_flags & ECHO);
-#else
-	return (termbuf.c_lflag & ECHO);
-#endif
-}
-
-	int
-tty_flowmode()
-{
-#ifndef USE_TERMIO
-	return(((termbuf.tc.t_startc) > 0 && (termbuf.tc.t_stopc) > 0) ? 1 : 0);
-#else
-	return((termbuf.c_iflag & IXON) ? 1 : 0);
-#endif
-}
-
-	int
-tty_restartany()
-{
-#ifndef USE_TERMIO
-# ifdef	DECCTQ
-	return((termbuf.lflags & DECCTQ) ? 0 : 1);
-# else
-	return(-1);
-# endif
-#else
-	return((termbuf.c_iflag & IXANY) ? 1 : 0);
-#endif
-}
-
-	void
-tty_setecho(on)
-	int on;
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.sg.sg_flags |= ECHO|CRMOD;
-	else
-		termbuf.sg.sg_flags &= ~(ECHO|CRMOD);
-#else
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.c_lflag |= ECHO;
-	else
-		termbuf.c_lflag &= ~ECHO;
-#endif
-}
-
-	int
-tty_israw()
-{
-#ifndef USE_TERMIO
-	return(termbuf.sg.sg_flags & RAW);
-#else
-	return(!(termbuf.c_lflag & ICANON));
-#endif
-}
-
-#if	defined (AUTHENTICATION) && defined(NO_LOGIN_F) && defined(LOGIN_R)
-	int
-tty_setraw(on)
-{
-#  ifndef USE_TERMIO
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.sg.sg_flags |= RAW;
-	else
-		termbuf.sg.sg_flags &= ~RAW;
-#  else
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.c_lflag &= ~ICANON;
-	else
-		termbuf.c_lflag |= ICANON;
-#  endif
-}
-#endif
-
-	void
-tty_binaryin(on)
-	int on;
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.lflags |= LPASS8;
-	else
-		termbuf.lflags &= ~LPASS8;
-#else
-	if (on) {
-		termbuf.c_iflag &= ~ISTRIP;
-	} else {
-		termbuf.c_iflag |= ISTRIP;
-	}
-#endif
-}
-
-	void
-tty_binaryout(on)
-	int on;
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.lflags |= LLITOUT;
-	else
-		termbuf.lflags &= ~LLITOUT;
-#else
-	if (on) {
-		termbuf.c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE|PARENB);
-		termbuf.c_cflag |= CS8;
-		termbuf.c_oflag &= ~OPOST;
-	} else {
-		termbuf.c_cflag &= ~CSIZE;
-		termbuf.c_cflag |= CS7|PARENB;
-		termbuf.c_oflag |= OPOST;
-	}
-#endif
-}
-
-	int
-tty_isbinaryin()
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	return(termbuf.lflags & LPASS8);
-#else
-	return(!(termbuf.c_iflag & ISTRIP));
-#endif
-}
-
-	int
-tty_isbinaryout()
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	return(termbuf.lflags & LLITOUT);
-#else
-	return(!(termbuf.c_oflag&OPOST));
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-	int
-tty_isediting()
-{
-#ifndef USE_TERMIO
-	return(!(termbuf.sg.sg_flags & (CBREAK|RAW)));
-#else
-	return(termbuf.c_lflag & ICANON);
-#endif
-}
-
-	int
-tty_istrapsig()
-{
-#ifndef USE_TERMIO
-	return(!(termbuf.sg.sg_flags&RAW));
-#else
-	return(termbuf.c_lflag & ISIG);
-#endif
-}
-
-	void
-tty_setedit(on)
-	int on;
-{
-#ifndef USE_TERMIO
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.sg.sg_flags &= ~CBREAK;
-	else
-		termbuf.sg.sg_flags |= CBREAK;
-#else
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.c_lflag |= ICANON;
-	else
-		termbuf.c_lflag &= ~ICANON;
-#endif
-}
-
-	void
-tty_setsig(on)
-	int on;
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	if (on)
-		;
-#else
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.c_lflag |= ISIG;
-	else
-		termbuf.c_lflag &= ~ISIG;
-#endif
-}
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-	int
-tty_issofttab()
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	return (termbuf.sg.sg_flags & XTABS);
-#else
-# ifdef	OXTABS
-	return (termbuf.c_oflag & OXTABS);
-# endif
-# ifdef	TABDLY
-	return ((termbuf.c_oflag & TABDLY) == TAB3);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-	void
-tty_setsofttab(on)
-	int on;
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.sg.sg_flags |= XTABS;
-	else
-		termbuf.sg.sg_flags &= ~XTABS;
-#else
-	if (on) {
-# ifdef	OXTABS
-		termbuf.c_oflag |= OXTABS;
-# endif
-# ifdef	TABDLY
-		termbuf.c_oflag &= ~TABDLY;
-		termbuf.c_oflag |= TAB3;
-# endif
-	} else {
-# ifdef	OXTABS
-		termbuf.c_oflag &= ~OXTABS;
-# endif
-# ifdef	TABDLY
-		termbuf.c_oflag &= ~TABDLY;
-		termbuf.c_oflag |= TAB0;
-# endif
-	}
-#endif
-}
-
-	int
-tty_islitecho()
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	return (!(termbuf.lflags & LCTLECH));
-#else
-# ifdef	ECHOCTL
-	return (!(termbuf.c_lflag & ECHOCTL));
-# endif
-# ifdef	TCTLECH
-	return (!(termbuf.c_lflag & TCTLECH));
-# endif
-# if	!defined(ECHOCTL) && !defined(TCTLECH)
-	return (0);	/* assumes ctl chars are echoed '^x' */
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-	void
-tty_setlitecho(on)
-	int on;
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.lflags &= ~LCTLECH;
-	else
-		termbuf.lflags |= LCTLECH;
-#else
-# ifdef	ECHOCTL
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.c_lflag &= ~ECHOCTL;
-	else
-		termbuf.c_lflag |= ECHOCTL;
-# endif
-# ifdef	TCTLECH
-	if (on)
-		termbuf.c_lflag &= ~TCTLECH;
-	else
-		termbuf.c_lflag |= TCTLECH;
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-	int
-tty_iscrnl()
-{
-#ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	return (termbuf.sg.sg_flags & CRMOD);
-#else
-	return (termbuf.c_iflag & ICRNL);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * Try to guess whether speeds are "encoded" (4.2BSD) or just numeric (4.4BSD).
- */
-#if B4800 != 4800
-#define	DECODE_BAUD
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	DECODE_BAUD
-
-/*
- * A table of available terminal speeds
- */
-struct termspeeds {
-	int	speed;
-	int	value;
-} termspeeds[] = {
-	{ 0,     B0 },    { 50,    B50 },   { 75,    B75 },
-	{ 110,   B110 },  { 134,   B134 },  { 150,   B150 },
-	{ 200,   B200 },  { 300,   B300 },  { 600,   B600 },
-	{ 1200,  B1200 }, { 1800,  B1800 }, { 2400,  B2400 },
-	{ 4800,   B4800 },
-#ifdef	B7200
-	{ 7200,  B7200 },
-#endif
-	{ 9600,   B9600 },
-#ifdef	B14400
-	{ 14400,  B14400 },
-#endif
-#ifdef	B19200
-	{ 19200,  B19200 },
-#endif
-#ifdef	B28800
-	{ 28800,  B28800 },
-#endif
-#ifdef	B38400
-	{ 38400,  B38400 },
-#endif
-#ifdef	B57600
-	{ 57600,  B57600 },
-#endif
-#ifdef	B115200
-	{ 115200, B115200 },
-#endif
-#ifdef	B230400
-	{ 230400, B230400 },
-#endif
-	{ -1,     0 }
-};
-#endif	/* DECODE_BUAD */
-
-	void
-tty_tspeed(val)
-	int val;
-{
-#ifdef	DECODE_BAUD
-	register struct termspeeds *tp;
-
-	for (tp = termspeeds; (tp->speed != -1) && (val > tp->speed); tp++)
-		;
-	if (tp->speed == -1)	/* back up to last valid value */
-		--tp;
-	cfsetospeed(&termbuf, tp->value);
-#else	/* DECODE_BUAD */
-	cfsetospeed(&termbuf, val);
-#endif	/* DECODE_BUAD */
-}
-
-	void
-tty_rspeed(val)
-	int val;
-{
-#ifdef	DECODE_BAUD
-	register struct termspeeds *tp;
-
-	for (tp = termspeeds; (tp->speed != -1) && (val > tp->speed); tp++)
-		;
-	if (tp->speed == -1)	/* back up to last valid value */
-		--tp;
-	cfsetispeed(&termbuf, tp->value);
-#else	/* DECODE_BAUD */
-	cfsetispeed(&termbuf, val);
-#endif	/* DECODE_BAUD */
-}
-
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-	int
-tty_isnewmap()
-{
-	return((termbuf.c_oflag & OPOST) && (termbuf.c_oflag & ONLCR) &&
-			!(termbuf.c_oflag & ONLRET));
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PARENT_DOES_UTMP
-# ifndef NEWINIT
-extern	struct utmp wtmp;
-extern char wtmpf[];
-# else	/* NEWINIT */
-int	gotalarm;
-
-	/* ARGSUSED */
-	void
-nologinproc(sig)
-	int sig;
-{
-	gotalarm++;
-}
-# endif	/* NEWINIT */
-#endif /* PARENT_DOES_UTMP */
-
-#ifndef	NEWINIT
-# ifdef PARENT_DOES_UTMP
-extern void utmp_sig_init P((void));
-extern void utmp_sig_reset P((void));
-extern void utmp_sig_wait P((void));
-extern void utmp_sig_notify P((int));
-# endif /* PARENT_DOES_UTMP */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * getptyslave()
- *
- * Open the slave side of the pty, and do any initialization
- * that is necessary.  The return value is a file descriptor
- * for the slave side.
- */
-	void
-getptyslave()
-{
-	register int t = -1;
-	char erase;
-
-#if	!defined(CRAY) || !defined(NEWINIT)
-# ifdef	LINEMODE
-	int waslm;
-# endif
-# ifdef	TIOCGWINSZ
-	struct winsize ws;
-	extern int def_row, def_col;
-# endif
-	extern int def_tspeed, def_rspeed;
-	/*
-	 * Opening the slave side may cause initilization of the
-	 * kernel tty structure.  We need remember the state of
-	 * 	if linemode was turned on
-	 *	terminal window size
-	 *	terminal speed
-	 *	erase character
-	 * so that we can re-set them if we need to.
-	 */
-# ifdef	LINEMODE
-	waslm = tty_linemode();
-# endif
-	erase = termbuf.c_cc[VERASE];
-
-	/*
-	 * Make sure that we don't have a controlling tty, and
-	 * that we are the session (process group) leader.
-	 */
-# ifdef	TIOCNOTTY
-	t = open(_PATH_TTY, O_RDWR);
-	if (t >= 0) {
-		(void) ioctl(t, TIOCNOTTY, (char *)0);
-		(void) close(t);
-	}
-# endif
-
-
-# ifdef PARENT_DOES_UTMP
-	/*
-	 * Wait for our parent to get the utmp stuff to get done.
-	 */
-	utmp_sig_wait();
-# endif
-
-	t = cleanopen(line);
-	if (t < 0)
-		fatalperror(net, line);
-
-#ifdef  STREAMSPTY
-#ifdef	USE_TERMIO
-	ttyfd = t;
-#endif
-	if (ioctl(t, I_PUSH, "ptem") < 0)
-		fatal(net, "I_PUSH ptem");
-	if (ioctl(t, I_PUSH, "ldterm") < 0)
-		fatal(net, "I_PUSH ldterm");
-	if (ioctl(t, I_PUSH, "ttcompat") < 0)
-		fatal(net, "I_PUSH ttcompat");
-	if (ioctl(pty, I_PUSH, "pckt") < 0)
-		fatal(net, "I_PUSH pckt");
-#endif
-
-	/*
-	 * set up the tty modes as we like them to be.
-	 */
-	init_termbuf();
-# ifdef	TIOCGWINSZ
-	if (def_row || def_col) {
-		memset((char *)&ws, 0, sizeof(ws));
-		ws.ws_col = def_col;
-		ws.ws_row = def_row;
-		(void)ioctl(t, TIOCSWINSZ, (char *)&ws);
-	}
-# endif
-
-	/*
-	 * Settings for sgtty based systems
-	 */
-# ifndef	USE_TERMIO
-	termbuf.sg.sg_flags |= CRMOD|ANYP|ECHO|XTABS;
-# endif	/* USE_TERMIO */
-
-	/*
-	 * Settings for UNICOS (and HPUX)
-	 */
-# if defined(CRAY) || defined(__hpux)
-	termbuf.c_oflag = OPOST|ONLCR|TAB3;
-	termbuf.c_iflag = IGNPAR|ISTRIP|ICRNL|IXON;
-	termbuf.c_lflag = ISIG|ICANON|ECHO|ECHOE|ECHOK;
-	termbuf.c_cflag = EXTB|HUPCL|CS8;
-# endif
-
-	/*
-	 * Settings for all other termios/termio based
-	 * systems, other than 4.4BSD.  In 4.4BSD the
-	 * kernel does the initial terminal setup.
-	 */
-# if defined(USE_TERMIO) && !(defined(CRAY) || defined(__hpux)) && (BSD <= 43)
-#  ifndef	OXTABS
-#   define OXTABS	0
-#  endif
-	termbuf.c_lflag |= ECHO;
-	termbuf.c_oflag |= ONLCR|OXTABS;
-	termbuf.c_iflag |= ICRNL;
-	termbuf.c_iflag &= ~IXOFF;
-# endif /* defined(USE_TERMIO) && !defined(CRAY) && (BSD <= 43) */
-	tty_rspeed((def_rspeed > 0) ? def_rspeed : 9600);
-	tty_tspeed((def_tspeed > 0) ? def_tspeed : 9600);
-	if (erase)
-		termbuf.c_cc[VERASE] = erase;
-# ifdef	LINEMODE
-	if (waslm)
-		tty_setlinemode(1);
-# endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-	/*
-	 * Set the tty modes, and make this our controlling tty.
-	 */
-	set_termbuf();
-	if (login_tty(t) == -1)
-		fatalperror(net, "login_tty");
-#endif	/* !defined(CRAY) || !defined(NEWINIT) */
-	if (net > 2)
-		(void) close(net);
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION) && defined(NO_LOGIN_F) && defined(LOGIN_R)
-	/*
-	 * Leave the pty open so that we can write out the rlogin
-	 * protocol for /bin/login, if the authentication works.
-	 */
-#else
-	if (pty > 2) {
-		(void) close(pty);
-		pty = -1;
-	}
-#endif
-}
-
-#if	!defined(CRAY) || !defined(NEWINIT)
-#ifndef	O_NOCTTY
-#define	O_NOCTTY	0
-#endif
-/*
- * Open the specified slave side of the pty,
- * making sure that we have a clean tty.
- */
-	int
-cleanopen(line)
-	char *line;
-{
-	register int t;
-#ifdef	UNICOS7x
-	struct secstat secbuf;
-#endif	/* UNICOS7x */
-
-#ifndef STREAMSPTY
-	/*
-	 * Make sure that other people can't open the
-	 * slave side of the connection.
-	 */
-	(void) chown(line, 0, 0);
-	(void) chmod(line, 0600);
-#endif
-
-# if !defined(CRAY) && (BSD > 43)
-	(void) revoke(line);
-# endif
-#ifdef	UNICOS7x
-	if (secflag) {
-		if (secstat(line, &secbuf) < 0)
-			return(-1);
-		if (setulvl(secbuf.st_slevel) < 0)
-			return(-1);
-		if (setucmp(secbuf.st_compart) < 0)
-			return(-1);
-	}
-#endif	/* UNICOS7x */
-
-	t = open(line, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY);
-
-#ifdef	UNICOS7x
-	if (secflag) {
-		if (setulvl(sysv.sy_minlvl) < 0)
-			return(-1);
-		if (setucmp(0) < 0)
-			return(-1);
-	}
-#endif	/* UNICOS7x */
-
-	if (t < 0)
-		return(-1);
-
-	/*
-	 * Hangup anybody else using this ttyp, then reopen it for
-	 * ourselves.
-	 */
-# if !(defined(CRAY) || defined(__hpux)) && (BSD <= 43) && !defined(STREAMSPTY)
-	(void) signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
-	vhangup();
-	(void) signal(SIGHUP, SIG_DFL);
-	t = open(line, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY);
-	if (t < 0)
-		return(-1);
-# endif
-# if	defined(CRAY) && defined(TCVHUP)
-	{
-		register int i;
-		(void) signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
-		(void) ioctl(t, TCVHUP, (char *)0);
-		(void) signal(SIGHUP, SIG_DFL);
-
-#ifdef	UNICOS7x
-		if (secflag) {
-			if (secstat(line, &secbuf) < 0)
-				return(-1);
-			if (setulvl(secbuf.st_slevel) < 0)
-				return(-1);
-			if (setucmp(secbuf.st_compart) < 0)
-				return(-1);
-		}
-#endif	/* UNICOS7x */
-
-		i = open(line, O_RDWR);
-
-#ifdef	UNICOS7x
-		if (secflag) {
-			if (setulvl(sysv.sy_minlvl) < 0)
-				return(-1);
-			if (setucmp(0) < 0)
-				return(-1);
-		}
-#endif	/* UNICOS7x */
-
-		if (i < 0)
-			return(-1);
-		(void) close(t);
-		t = i;
-	}
-# endif	/* defined(CRAY) && defined(TCVHUP) */
-	return(t);
-}
-#endif	/* !defined(CRAY) || !defined(NEWINIT) */
-
-#if BSD <= 43
-
-	int
-login_tty(t)
-	int t;
-{
-	if (setsid() < 0) {
-#ifdef ultrix
-		/*
-		 * The setsid() may have failed because we
-		 * already have a pgrp == pid.  Zero out
-		 * our pgrp and try again...
-		 */
-		if ((setpgrp(0, 0) < 0) || (setsid() < 0))
-#endif
-			fatalperror(net, "setsid()");
-	}
-# ifdef	TIOCSCTTY
-	if (ioctl(t, TIOCSCTTY, (char *)0) < 0)
-		fatalperror(net, "ioctl(sctty)");
-#  if defined(CRAY)
-	/*
-	 * Close the hard fd to /dev/ttypXXX, and re-open through
-	 * the indirect /dev/tty interface.
-	 */
-	close(t);
-	if ((t = open("/dev/tty", O_RDWR)) < 0)
-		fatalperror(net, "open(/dev/tty)");
-#  endif
-# else
-	/*
-	 * We get our controlling tty assigned as a side-effect
-	 * of opening up a tty device.  But on BSD based systems,
-	 * this only happens if our process group is zero.  The
-	 * setsid() call above may have set our pgrp, so clear
-	 * it out before opening the tty...
-	 */
-#  ifndef SOLARIS
-	(void) setpgrp(0, 0);
-#  else
-	(void) setpgrp();
-#  endif
-	close(open(line, O_RDWR));
-# endif
-	if (t != 0)
-		(void) dup2(t, 0);
-	if (t != 1)
-		(void) dup2(t, 1);
-	if (t != 2)
-		(void) dup2(t, 2);
-	if (t > 2)
-		close(t);
-	return(0);
-}
-#endif	/* BSD <= 43 */
-
-#ifdef	NEWINIT
-char *gen_id = "fe";
-#endif
-
-/*
- * startslave(host)
- *
- * Given a hostname, do whatever
- * is necessary to startup the login process on the slave side of the pty.
- */
-
-/* ARGSUSED */
-	void
-startslave(host, autologin, autoname)
-	char *host;
-	int autologin;
-	char *autoname;
-{
-	register int i;
-	long time();
-#ifdef	NEWINIT
-	extern char *ptyip;
-	struct init_request request;
-	void nologinproc();
-	register int n;
-#endif	/* NEWINIT */
-
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-	if (!autoname || !autoname[0])
-		autologin = 0;
-
-	if (autologin < auth_level) {
-		fatal(net, "Authorization failed");
-		exit(1);
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	NEWINIT
-# ifdef	PARENT_DOES_UTMP
-	utmp_sig_init();
-# endif	/* PARENT_DOES_UTMP */
-
-	if ((i = fork()) < 0)
-		fatalperror(net, "fork");
-	if (i) {
-# ifdef PARENT_DOES_UTMP
-		/*
-		 * Cray parent will create utmp entry for child and send
-		 * signal to child to tell when done.  Child waits for signal
-		 * before doing anything important.
-		 */
-		register int pid = i;
-		void sigjob P((int));
-
-		setpgrp();
-		utmp_sig_reset();		/* reset handler to default */
-		/*
-		 * Create utmp entry for child
-		 */
-		(void) time(&wtmp.ut_time);
-		wtmp.ut_type = LOGIN_PROCESS;
-		wtmp.ut_pid = pid;
-		SCPYN(wtmp.ut_user, "LOGIN");
-		SCPYN(wtmp.ut_host, host);
-		SCPYN(wtmp.ut_line, line + sizeof("/dev/") - 1);
-#ifndef	__hpux
-		SCPYN(wtmp.ut_id, wtmp.ut_line+3);
-#else
-		SCPYN(wtmp.ut_id, wtmp.ut_line+7);
-#endif
-		pututline(&wtmp);
-		endutent();
-		if ((i = open(wtmpf, O_WRONLY|O_APPEND)) >= 0) {
-			(void) write(i, (char *)&wtmp, sizeof(struct utmp));
-			(void) close(i);
-		}
-#ifdef	CRAY
-		(void) signal(WJSIGNAL, sigjob);
-#endif
-		utmp_sig_notify(pid);
-# endif	/* PARENT_DOES_UTMP */
-	} else {
-		getptyslave(autologin);
-		start_login(host, autologin, autoname);
-		/*NOTREACHED*/
-	}
-#else	/* NEWINIT */
-
-	/*
-	 * Init will start up login process if we ask nicely.  We only wait
-	 * for it to start up and begin normal telnet operation.
-	 */
-	if ((i = open(INIT_FIFO, O_WRONLY)) < 0) {
-		char tbuf[128];
-		(void) sprintf(tbuf, "Can't open %s\n", INIT_FIFO);
-		fatalperror(net, tbuf);
-	}
-	memset((char *)&request, 0, sizeof(request));
-	request.magic = INIT_MAGIC;
-	SCPYN(request.gen_id, gen_id);
-	SCPYN(request.tty_id, &line[8]);
-	SCPYN(request.host, host);
-	SCPYN(request.term_type, terminaltype ? terminaltype : "network");
-#if	!defined(UNICOS5)
-	request.signal = SIGCLD;
-	request.pid = getpid();
-#endif
-#ifdef BFTPDAEMON
-	/*
-	 * Are we working as the bftp daemon?
-	 */
-	if (bftpd) {
-		SCPYN(request.exec_name, BFTPPATH);
-	}
-#endif /* BFTPDAEMON */
-	if (write(i, (char *)&request, sizeof(request)) < 0) {
-		char tbuf[128];
-		(void) sprintf(tbuf, "Can't write to %s\n", INIT_FIFO);
-		fatalperror(net, tbuf);
-	}
-	(void) close(i);
-	(void) signal(SIGALRM, nologinproc);
-	for (i = 0; ; i++) {
-		char tbuf[128];
-		alarm(15);
-		n = read(pty, ptyip, BUFSIZ);
-		if (i == 3 || n >= 0 || !gotalarm)
-			break;
-		gotalarm = 0;
-		sprintf(tbuf, "telnetd: waiting for /etc/init to start login process on %s\r\n", line);
-		(void) write(net, tbuf, strlen(tbuf));
-	}
-	if (n < 0 && gotalarm)
-		fatal(net, "/etc/init didn't start login process");
-	pcc += n;
-	alarm(0);
-	(void) signal(SIGALRM, SIG_DFL);
-
-	return;
-#endif	/* NEWINIT */
-}
-
-char	*envinit[3];
-extern char **environ;
-
-	void
-init_env()
-{
-	extern char *getenv();
-	char **envp;
-
-	envp = envinit;
-	if ((*envp = getenv("TZ")))
-		*envp++ -= 3;
-#if	defined(CRAY) || defined(__hpux)
-	else
-		*envp++ = "TZ=GMT0";
-#endif
-	*envp = 0;
-	environ = envinit;
-}
-
-#ifndef	NEWINIT
-
-/*
- * start_login(host)
- *
- * Assuming that we are now running as a child processes, this
- * function will turn us into the login process.
- */
-
-	void
-start_login(host, autologin, name)
-	char *host;
-	int autologin;
-	char *name;
-{
-	register char **argv;
-	char **addarg(), *user;
-	extern char *getenv();
-#ifdef	UTMPX
-	register int pid = getpid();
-	struct utmpx utmpx;
-#endif
-#ifdef SOLARIS
-	char *term;
-	char termbuf[64];
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	UTMPX
-	/*
-	 * Create utmp entry for child
-	 */
-
-	memset(&utmpx, 0, sizeof(utmpx));
-	SCPYN(utmpx.ut_user, ".telnet");
-	SCPYN(utmpx.ut_line, line + sizeof("/dev/") - 1);
-	utmpx.ut_pid = pid;
-	utmpx.ut_id[0] = 't';
-	utmpx.ut_id[1] = 'n';
-	utmpx.ut_id[2] = SC_WILDC;
-	utmpx.ut_id[3] = SC_WILDC;
-	utmpx.ut_type = LOGIN_PROCESS;
-	(void) time(&utmpx.ut_tv.tv_sec);
-	if (makeutx(&utmpx) == NULL)
-		fatal(net, "makeutx failed");
-#endif
-
-	scrub_env();
-
-	/*
-	 * -h : pass on name of host.
-	 *		WARNING:  -h is accepted by login if and only if
-	 *			getuid() == 0.
-	 * -p : don't clobber the environment (so terminal type stays set).
-	 *
-	 * -f : force this login, he has already been authenticated
-	 */
-	argv = addarg(0, "login");
-
-#if	!defined(NO_LOGIN_H)
-
-# if	defined (AUTHENTICATION) && defined(NO_LOGIN_F) && defined(LOGIN_R)
-	/*
-	 * Don't add the "-h host" option if we are going
-	 * to be adding the "-r host" option down below...
-	 */
-	if ((auth_level < 0) || (autologin != AUTH_VALID))
-# endif
-	{
-		argv = addarg(argv, "-h");
-		argv = addarg(argv, host);
-#ifdef	SOLARIS
-		/*
-		 * SVR4 version of -h takes TERM= as second arg, or -
-		 */
-		term = getenv("TERM");
-		if (term == NULL || term[0] == 0) {
-			term = "-";
-		} else {
-			strcpy(termbuf, "TERM=");
-			strncat(termbuf, term, sizeof(termbuf) - 6);
-			term = termbuf;
-		}
-		argv = addarg(argv, term);
-#endif
-	}
-#endif
-#if	!defined(NO_LOGIN_P)
-	argv = addarg(argv, "-p");
-#endif
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-	/*
-	 * Set the environment variable "LINEMODE" to either
-	 * "real" or "kludge" if we are operating in either
-	 * real or kludge linemode.
-	 */
-	if (lmodetype == REAL_LINEMODE)
-		setenv("LINEMODE", "real", 1);
-# ifdef KLUDGELINEMODE
-	else if (lmodetype == KLUDGE_LINEMODE || lmodetype == KLUDGE_OK)
-		setenv("LINEMODE", "kludge", 1);
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifdef	BFTPDAEMON
-	/*
-	 * Are we working as the bftp daemon?  If so, then ask login
-	 * to start bftp instead of shell.
-	 */
-	if (bftpd) {
-		argv = addarg(argv, "-e");
-		argv = addarg(argv, BFTPPATH);
-	} else
-#endif
-#if	defined (SecurID)
-	/*
-	 * don't worry about the -f that might get sent.
-	 * A -s is supposed to override it anyhow.
-	 */
-	if (require_SecurID)
-		argv = addarg(argv, "-s");
-#endif
-#if	defined (AUTHENTICATION)
-	if (auth_level >= 0 && autologin == AUTH_VALID) {
-# if	!defined(NO_LOGIN_F)
-		argv = addarg(argv, "-f");
-		argv = addarg(argv, "--");
-		argv = addarg(argv, name);
-# else
-#  if defined(LOGIN_R)
-		/*
-		 * We don't have support for "login -f", but we
-		 * can fool /bin/login into thinking that we are
-		 * rlogind, and allow us to log in without a
-		 * password.  The rlogin protocol expects
-		 *	local-user\0remote-user\0term/speed\0
-		 */
-
-		if (pty > 2) {
-			register char *cp;
-			char speed[128];
-			int isecho, israw, xpty, len;
-			extern int def_rspeed;
-#  ifndef LOGIN_HOST
-			/*
-			 * Tell login that we are coming from "localhost".
-			 * If we passed in the real host name, then the
-			 * user would have to allow .rhost access from
-			 * every machine that they want authenticated
-			 * access to work from, which sort of defeats
-			 * the purpose of an authenticated login...
-			 * So, we tell login that the session is coming
-			 * from "localhost", and the user will only have
-			 * to have "localhost" in their .rhost file.
-			 */
-#			define LOGIN_HOST "localhost"
-#  endif
-			argv = addarg(argv, "-r");
-			argv = addarg(argv, LOGIN_HOST);
-
-			xpty = pty;
-# ifndef  STREAMSPTY
-			pty = 0;
-# else
-			ttyfd = 0;
-# endif
-			init_termbuf();
-			isecho = tty_isecho();
-			israw = tty_israw();
-			if (isecho || !israw) {
-				tty_setecho(0);		/* Turn off echo */
-				tty_setraw(1);		/* Turn on raw */
-				set_termbuf();
-			}
-			len = strlen(name)+1;
-			write(xpty, name, len);
-			write(xpty, name, len);
-			sprintf(speed, "%s/%d", (cp = getenv("TERM")) ? cp : "",
-				(def_rspeed > 0) ? def_rspeed : 9600);
-			len = strlen(speed)+1;
-			write(xpty, speed, len);
-
-			if (isecho || !israw) {
-				init_termbuf();
-				tty_setecho(isecho);
-				tty_setraw(israw);
-				set_termbuf();
-				if (!israw) {
-					/*
-					 * Write a newline to ensure
-					 * that login will be able to
-					 * read the line...
-					 */
-					write(xpty, "\n", 1);
-				}
-			}
-			pty = xpty;
-		}
-#  else
-		argv = addarg(argv, "--");
-		argv = addarg(argv, name);
-#  endif
-# endif
-	} else
-#endif
- 	if (getenv("USER")) {
- 		argv = addarg(argv, "--");
-		argv = addarg(argv, getenv("USER"));
-#if	defined(LOGIN_ARGS) && defined(NO_LOGIN_P)
-		{
-			register char **cpp;
-			for (cpp = environ; *cpp; cpp++)
-				argv = addarg(argv, *cpp);
-		}
-#endif
-		/*
-		 * Assume that login will set the USER variable
-		 * correctly.  For SysV systems, this means that
-		 * USER will no longer be set, just LOGNAME by
-		 * login.  (The problem is that if the auto-login
-		 * fails, and the user then specifies a different
-		 * account name, he can get logged in with both
-		 * LOGNAME and USER in his environment, but the
-		 * USER value will be wrong.
-		 */
-		unsetenv("USER");
-	}
-#ifdef	SOLARIS
-	else {
-		char **p;
-
-		argv = addarg(argv, "");	/* no login name */
-		for (p = environ; *p; p++) {
-			argv = addarg(argv, *p);
-		}
-	}
-#endif	/* SOLARIS */
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION) && defined(NO_LOGIN_F) && defined(LOGIN_R)
-	if (pty > 2)
-		close(pty);
-#endif
-	closelog();
-
-	if (altlogin == NULL) {
-		altlogin = _PATH_LOGIN;
-	}
-	execv(altlogin, argv);
-
-	syslog(LOG_ERR, "%s: %m\n", altlogin);
-	fatalperror(net, altlogin);
-	/*NOTREACHED*/
-}
-
-	char **
-addarg(argv, val)
-	register char **argv;
-	register char *val;
-{
-	register char **cpp;
-
-	if (argv == NULL) {
-		/*
-		 * 10 entries, a leading length, and a null
-		 */
-		argv = (char **)malloc(sizeof(*argv) * 12);
-		if (argv == NULL)
-			return(NULL);
-		*argv++ = (char *)10;
-		*argv = (char *)0;
-	}
-	for (cpp = argv; *cpp; cpp++)
-		;
-	if (cpp == &argv[(int)argv[-1]]) {
-		--argv;
-		*argv = (char *)((int)(*argv) + 10);
-		argv = (char **)realloc(argv, sizeof(*argv)*((int)(*argv) + 2));
-		if (argv == NULL)
-			return(NULL);
-		argv++;
-		cpp = &argv[(int)argv[-1] - 10];
-	}
-	*cpp++ = val;
-	*cpp = 0;
-	return(argv);
-}
-#endif	/* NEWINIT */
-
-/*
- * scrub_env()
- *
- * Remove a few things from the environment that
- * don't need to be there.
- */
-	void
-scrub_env()
-{
-	register char **cpp, **cpp2;
-
-	for (cpp2 = cpp = environ; *cpp; cpp++) {
-#ifdef __FreeBSD__
-		if (strncmp(*cpp, "LD_LIBRARY_PATH=", 16) &&
-		    strncmp(*cpp, "LD_PRELOAD=", 11) &&
-#else
-		if (strncmp(*cpp, "LD_", 3) &&
-		    strncmp(*cpp, "_RLD_", 5) &&
-		    strncmp(*cpp, "LIBPATH=", 8) &&
-#endif
-		    strncmp(*cpp, "IFS=", 4))
-			*cpp2++ = *cpp;
-	}
-	*cpp2 = 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup()
- *
- * This is the routine to call when we are all through, to
- * clean up anything that needs to be cleaned up.
- */
-	/* ARGSUSED */
-	void
-cleanup(sig)
-	int sig;
-{
-#ifndef	PARENT_DOES_UTMP
-# if (BSD > 43) || defined(convex)
-	char *p;
-
-	p = line + sizeof("/dev/") - 1;
-	if (logout(p))
-		logwtmp(p, "", "");
-	(void)chmod(line, 0666);
-	(void)chown(line, 0, 0);
-	*p = 'p';
-	(void)chmod(line, 0666);
-	(void)chown(line, 0, 0);
-	(void) shutdown(net, 2);
-	exit(1);
-# else
-	void rmut();
-
-	rmut();
-	vhangup();	/* XXX */
-	(void) shutdown(net, 2);
-	exit(1);
-# endif
-#else	/* PARENT_DOES_UTMP */
-# ifdef	NEWINIT
-	(void) shutdown(net, 2);
-	exit(1);
-# else	/* NEWINIT */
-#  ifdef CRAY
-	static int incleanup = 0;
-	register int t;
-	int child_status; /* status of child process as returned by waitpid */
-	int flags = WNOHANG|WUNTRACED;
-
-	/*
-	 * 1: Pick up the zombie, if we are being called
-	 *    as the signal handler.
-	 * 2: If we are a nested cleanup(), return.
-	 * 3: Try to clean up TMPDIR.
-	 * 4: Fill in utmp with shutdown of process.
-	 * 5: Close down the network and pty connections.
-	 * 6: Finish up the TMPDIR cleanup, if needed.
-	 */
-	if (sig == SIGCHLD) {
-		while (waitpid(-1, &child_status, flags) > 0)
-			;	/* VOID */
-		/* Check if the child process was stopped
-		 * rather than exited.  We want cleanup only if
-		 * the child has died.
-		 */
-		if (WIFSTOPPED(child_status)) {
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-	t = sigblock(sigmask(SIGCHLD));
-	if (incleanup) {
-		sigsetmask(t);
-		return;
-	}
-	incleanup = 1;
-	sigsetmask(t);
-#ifdef	UNICOS7x
-	if (secflag) {
-		/*
-		 *	We need to set ourselves back to a null
-		 *	label to clean up.
-		 */
-
-		setulvl(sysv.sy_minlvl);
-		setucmp((long)0);
-	}
-#endif	/* UNICOS7x */
-
-	t = cleantmp(&wtmp);
-	setutent();	/* just to make sure */
-#  endif /* CRAY */
-	rmut(line);
-	close(pty);
-	(void) shutdown(net, 2);
-#  ifdef CRAY
-	if (t == 0)
-		cleantmp(&wtmp);
-#  endif /* CRAY */
-	exit(1);
-# endif	/* NEWINT */
-#endif	/* PARENT_DOES_UTMP */
-}
-
-#if defined(PARENT_DOES_UTMP) && !defined(NEWINIT)
-/*
- * _utmp_sig_rcv
- * utmp_sig_init
- * utmp_sig_wait
- *	These three functions are used to coordinate the handling of
- *	the utmp file between the server and the soon-to-be-login shell.
- *	The server actually creates the utmp structure, the child calls
- *	utmp_sig_wait(), until the server calls utmp_sig_notify() and
- *	signals the future-login shell to proceed.
- */
-static int caught=0;		/* NZ when signal intercepted */
-static void (*func)();		/* address of previous handler */
-
-	void
-_utmp_sig_rcv(sig)
-	int sig;
-{
-	caught = 1;
-	(void) signal(SIGUSR1, func);
-}
-
-	void
-utmp_sig_init()
-{
-	/*
-	 * register signal handler for UTMP creation
-	 */
-	if ((int)(func = signal(SIGUSR1, _utmp_sig_rcv)) == -1)
-		fatalperror(net, "telnetd/signal");
-}
-
-	void
-utmp_sig_reset()
-{
-	(void) signal(SIGUSR1, func);	/* reset handler to default */
-}
-
-# ifdef __hpux
-# define sigoff() /* do nothing */
-# define sigon() /* do nothing */
-# endif
-
-	void
-utmp_sig_wait()
-{
-	/*
-	 * Wait for parent to write our utmp entry.
-	 */
-	sigoff();
-	while (caught == 0) {
-		pause();	/* wait until we get a signal (sigon) */
-		sigoff();	/* turn off signals while we check caught */
-	}
-	sigon();		/* turn on signals again */
-}
-
-	void
-utmp_sig_notify(pid)
-{
-	kill(pid, SIGUSR1);
-}
-
-# ifdef CRAY
-static int gotsigjob = 0;
-
-	/*ARGSUSED*/
-	void
-sigjob(sig)
-	int sig;
-{
-	register int jid;
-	register struct jobtemp *jp;
-
-	while ((jid = waitjob(NULL)) != -1) {
-		if (jid == 0) {
-			return;
-		}
-		gotsigjob++;
-		jobend(jid, NULL, NULL);
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- *	jid_getutid:
- *		called by jobend() before calling cleantmp()
- *		to find the correct $TMPDIR to cleanup.
- */
-
-	struct utmp *
-jid_getutid(jid)
-	int jid;
-{
-	struct utmp *cur = NULL;
-
-	setutent();	/* just to make sure */
-	while (cur = getutent()) {
-		if ( (cur->ut_type != NULL) && (jid == cur->ut_jid) ) {
-			return(cur);
-		}
-	}
-
-	return(0);
-}
-
-/*
- * Clean up the TMPDIR that login created.
- * The first time this is called we pick up the info
- * from the utmp.  If the job has already gone away,
- * then we'll clean up and be done.  If not, then
- * when this is called the second time it will wait
- * for the signal that the job is done.
- */
-	int
-cleantmp(wtp)
-	register struct utmp *wtp;
-{
-	struct utmp *utp;
-	static int first = 1;
-	register int mask, omask, ret;
-	extern struct utmp *getutid P((const struct utmp *_Id));
-
-
-	mask = sigmask(WJSIGNAL);
-
-	if (first == 0) {
-		omask = sigblock(mask);
-		while (gotsigjob == 0)
-			sigpause(omask);
-		return(1);
-	}
-	first = 0;
-	setutent();	/* just to make sure */
-
-	utp = getutid(wtp);
-	if (utp == 0) {
-		syslog(LOG_ERR, "Can't get /etc/utmp entry to clean TMPDIR");
-		return(-1);
-	}
-	/*
-	 * Nothing to clean up if the user shell was never started.
-	 */
-	if (utp->ut_type != USER_PROCESS || utp->ut_jid == 0)
-		return(1);
-
-	/*
-	 * Block the WJSIGNAL while we are in jobend().
-	 */
-	omask = sigblock(mask);
-	ret = jobend(utp->ut_jid, utp->ut_tpath, utp->ut_user);
-	sigsetmask(omask);
-	return(ret);
-}
-
-	int
-jobend(jid, path, user)
-	register int jid;
-	register char *path;
-	register char *user;
-{
-	static int saved_jid = 0;
-	static int pty_saved_jid = 0;
-	static char saved_path[sizeof(wtmp.ut_tpath)+1];
-	static char saved_user[sizeof(wtmp.ut_user)+1];
-
-	/*
-	 * this little piece of code comes into play
-	 * only when ptyreconnect is used to reconnect
-	 * to an previous session.
-	 *
-	 * this is the only time when the
-	 * "saved_jid != jid" code is executed.
-	 */
-
-	if ( saved_jid && saved_jid != jid ) {
-		if (!path) {	/* called from signal handler */
-			pty_saved_jid = jid;
-		} else {
-			pty_saved_jid = saved_jid;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (path) {
-		strncpy(saved_path, path, sizeof(wtmp.ut_tpath));
-		strncpy(saved_user, user, sizeof(wtmp.ut_user));
-		saved_path[sizeof(saved_path)] = '\0';
-		saved_user[sizeof(saved_user)] = '\0';
-	}
-	if (saved_jid == 0) {
-		saved_jid = jid;
-		return(0);
-	}
-
-	/* if the jid has changed, get the correct entry from the utmp file */
-
-	if ( saved_jid != jid ) {
-		struct utmp *utp = NULL;
-		struct utmp *jid_getutid();
-
-		utp = jid_getutid(pty_saved_jid);
-
-		if (utp == 0) {
-			syslog(LOG_ERR, "Can't get /etc/utmp entry to clean TMPDIR");
-			return(-1);
-		}
-
-		cleantmpdir(jid, utp->ut_tpath, utp->ut_user);
-		return(1);
-	}
-
-	cleantmpdir(jid, saved_path, saved_user);
-	return(1);
-}
-
-/*
- * Fork a child process to clean up the TMPDIR
- */
-cleantmpdir(jid, tpath, user)
-	register int jid;
-	register char *tpath;
-	register char *user;
-{
-	switch(fork()) {
-	case -1:
-		syslog(LOG_ERR, "TMPDIR cleanup(%s): fork() failed: %m\n",
-							tpath);
-		break;
-	case 0:
-		execl(CLEANTMPCMD, CLEANTMPCMD, user, tpath, 0);
-		syslog(LOG_ERR, "TMPDIR cleanup(%s): execl(%s) failed: %m\n",
-							tpath, CLEANTMPCMD);
-		exit(1);
-	default:
-		/*
-		 * Forget about child.  We will exit, and
-		 * /etc/init will pick it up.
-		 */
-		break;
-	}
-}
-# endif /* CRAY */
-#endif	/* defined(PARENT_DOES_UTMP) && !defined(NEWINIT) */
-
-/*
- * rmut()
- *
- * This is the function called by cleanup() to
- * remove the utmp entry for this person.
- */
-
-#ifdef	UTMPX
-	void
-rmut()
-{
-	register f;
-	int found = 0;
-	struct utmp *u, *utmp;
-	int nutmp;
-	struct stat statbf;
-
-	struct utmpx *utxp, utmpx;
-
-	/*
-	 * This updates the utmpx and utmp entries and make a wtmp/x entry
-	 */
-
-	SCPYN(utmpx.ut_line, line + sizeof("/dev/") - 1);
-	utxp = getutxline(&utmpx);
-	if (utxp) {
-		utxp->ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS;
-		utxp->ut_exit.e_termination = 0;
-		utxp->ut_exit.e_exit = 0;
-		(void) time(&utmpx.ut_tv.tv_sec);
-		utmpx.ut_tv.tv_usec = 0;
-		modutx(utxp);
-	}
-	endutxent();
-}  /* end of rmut */
-#endif
-
-#if	!defined(UTMPX) && !(defined(CRAY) || defined(__hpux)) && BSD <= 43
-	void
-rmut()
-{
-	register f;
-	int found = 0;
-	struct utmp *u, *utmp;
-	int nutmp;
-	struct stat statbf;
-
-	f = open(utmpf, O_RDWR);
-	if (f >= 0) {
-		(void) fstat(f, &statbf);
-		utmp = (struct utmp *)malloc((unsigned)statbf.st_size);
-		if (!utmp)
-			syslog(LOG_ERR, "utmp malloc failed");
-		if (statbf.st_size && utmp) {
-			nutmp = read(f, (char *)utmp, (int)statbf.st_size);
-			nutmp /= sizeof(struct utmp);
-
-			for (u = utmp ; u < &utmp[nutmp] ; u++) {
-				if (SCMPN(u->ut_line, line+5) ||
-				    u->ut_name[0]==0)
-					continue;
-				(void) lseek(f, ((long)u)-((long)utmp), L_SET);
-				SCPYN(u->ut_name, "");
-				SCPYN(u->ut_host, "");
-				(void) time(&u->ut_time);
-				(void) write(f, (char *)u, sizeof(wtmp));
-				found++;
-			}
-		}
-		(void) close(f);
-	}
-	if (found) {
-		f = open(wtmpf, O_WRONLY|O_APPEND);
-		if (f >= 0) {
-			SCPYN(wtmp.ut_line, line+5);
-			SCPYN(wtmp.ut_name, "");
-			SCPYN(wtmp.ut_host, "");
-			(void) time(&wtmp.ut_time);
-			(void) write(f, (char *)&wtmp, sizeof(wtmp));
-			(void) close(f);
-		}
-	}
-	(void) chmod(line, 0666);
-	(void) chown(line, 0, 0);
-	line[strlen("/dev/")] = 'p';
-	(void) chmod(line, 0666);
-	(void) chown(line, 0, 0);
-}  /* end of rmut */
-#endif	/* CRAY */
-
-#ifdef __hpux
-rmut (line)
-char *line;
-{
-	struct utmp utmp;
-	struct utmp *utptr;
-	int fd;			/* for /etc/wtmp */
-
-	utmp.ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
-	(void) strncpy(utmp.ut_id, line+12, sizeof(utmp.ut_id));
-	(void) setutent();
-	utptr = getutid(&utmp);
-	/* write it out only if it exists */
-	if (utptr) {
-		utptr->ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS;
-		utptr->ut_time = time((long *) 0);
-		(void) pututline(utptr);
-		/* set wtmp entry if wtmp file exists */
-		if ((fd = open(wtmpf, O_WRONLY | O_APPEND)) >= 0) {
-			(void) write(fd, utptr, sizeof(utmp));
-			(void) close(fd);
-		}
-	}
-	(void) endutent();
-
-	(void) chmod(line, 0666);
-	(void) chown(line, 0, 0);
-	line[14] = line[13];
-	line[13] = line[12];
-	line[8] = 'm';
-	line[9] = '/';
-	line[10] = 'p';
-	line[11] = 't';
-	line[12] = 'y';
-	(void) chmod(line, 0666);
-	(void) chown(line, 0, 0);
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8 b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8
deleted file mode 100644
index 8151fa0..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,614 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
-.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
-.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
-.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
-.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
-.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-.\"    without specific prior written permission.
-.\"
-.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
-.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
-.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
-.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
-.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
-.\"	@(#)telnetd.8	8.4 (Berkeley) 6/1/94
-.\"	$Id$
-.\"
-.Dd June 1, 1994
-.Dt TELNETD 8
-.Os BSD 4.2
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm telnetd
-.Nd DARPA
-.Tn TELNET
-protocol server
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm /usr/libexec/telnetd
-.Op Fl BUhlkns
-.Op Fl D Ar debugmode
-.Op Fl I Ns Ar initid
-.Op Fl S Ar tos
-.Op Fl X Ar authtype
-.Op Fl a Ar authmode
-.Op Fl edebug
-.Op Fl P Ar loginprog
-.Op Fl r Ns Ar lowpty-highpty
-.Op Fl u Ar len
-.Op Fl debug Op Ar port
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Nm telnetd
-command is a server which supports the
-.Tn DARPA
-standard
-.Tn TELNET
-virtual terminal protocol.
-.Nm Telnetd
-is normally invoked by the internet server (see
-.Xr inetd 8 )
-for requests to connect to the
-.Tn TELNET
-port as indicated by the
-.Pa /etc/services
-file (see
-.Xr services 5 ) .
-The
-.Fl debug
-option may be used to start up
-.Nm telnetd
-manually, instead of through
-.Xr inetd 8 .
-If started up this way, 
-.Ar port
-may be specified to run
-.Nm telnetd
-on an alternate
-.Tn TCP
-port number.
-.Pp
-The
-.Nm telnetd
-command accepts the following options:
-.Bl -tag -width "-a authmode"
-.It Fl a Ar authmode
-This option may be used for specifying what mode should
-be used for authentication.
-Note that this option is only useful if
-.Nm telnetd
-has been compiled with support for the
-.Dv AUTHENTICATION
-option.
-There are several valid values for
-.Ar authmode:
-.Bl -tag -width debug
-.It debug
-Turns on authentication debugging code.
-.It user
-Only allow connections when the remote user
-can provide valid authentication information
-to identify the remote user,
-and is allowed access to the specified account
-without providing a password.
-.It valid
-Only allow connections when the remote user
-can provide valid authentication information
-to identify the remote user.
-The
-.Xr login 1
-command will provide any additional user verification
-needed if the remote user is not allowed automatic
-access to the specified account.
-.It other
-Only allow connections that supply some authentication information.
-This option is currently not supported
-by any of the existing authentication mechanisms,
-and is thus the same as specifying
-.Fl a
-.Cm valid .
-.It none
-This is the default state.
-Authentication information is not required.
-If no or insufficient authentication information
-is provided, then the
-.Xr login 1
-program will provide the necessary user
-verification.
-.It off
-This disables the authentication code.
-All user verification will happen through the
-.Xr login 1
-program.
-.El
-.It Fl B
-Specifies bftp server mode.  In this mode,
-.Nm telnetd
-causes login to start a
-.Xr bftp 1
-session rather than the user's
-normal shell.  In bftp daemon mode normal
-logins are not supported, and it must be used
-on a port other than the normal
-.Tn TELNET
-port.
-.It Fl D Ar debugmode
-This option may be used for debugging purposes.
-This allows
-.Nm telnetd
-to print out debugging information
-to the connection, allowing the user to see what
-.Nm telnetd
-is doing.
-There are several possible values for 
-.Ar debugmode:
-.Bl -tag -width exercise
-.It Cm options
-Prints information about the negotiation of
-.Tn TELNET
-options.
-.It Cm report
-Prints the 
-.Cm options
-information, plus some additional information
-about what processing is going on.
-.It Cm netdata
-Displays the data stream received by
-.Nm telnetd.
-.It Cm ptydata
-Displays data written to the pty.
-.It Cm exercise
-Has not been implemented yet.
-.El
-.It Fl debug
-Enables debugging on each socket created by
-.Nm telnetd
-(see
-.Dv SO_DEBUG
-in
-.Xr socket 2 ) .
-.It Fl edebug
-If
-.Nm telnetd
-has been compiled with support for data encryption, then the
-.Fl edebug
-option may be used to enable encryption debugging code.
-.It Fl P Ar loginprog
-Specifies an alternate
-.Xr login 1
-command to run to complete the login.  The alternate command must
-understand the same command arguments as the standard login.
-.It Fl h
-Disables the printing of host-specific information before
-login has been completed.
-.It Fl I Ar initid
-This option is only applicable to
-.Tn UNICOS
-systems prior to 7.0.
-It specifies the
-.Dv ID
-from
-.Pa /etc/inittab
-to use when init starts login sessions.  The default
-.Dv ID
-is
-.Dv fe.
-.It Fl k
-This option is only useful if
-.Nm telnetd
-has been compiled with both linemode and kludge linemode
-support.  If the
-.Fl k
-option is specified, then if the remote client does not
-support the
-.Dv LINEMODE
-option, then
-.Nm telnetd
-will operate in character at a time mode.
-It will still support kludge linemode, but will only
-go into kludge linemode if the remote client requests
-it.
-(This is done by by the client sending
-.Dv DONT SUPPRESS-GO-AHEAD
-and
-.Dv DONT ECHO . )
-The
-.Fl k
-option is most useful when there are remote clients
-that do not support kludge linemode, but pass the heuristic
-(if they respond with
-.Dv WILL TIMING-MARK
-in response to a
-.Dv DO TIMING-MARK)
-for kludge linemode support.
-.It Fl l
-Specifies line mode.  Tries to force clients to use line-
-at-a-time mode.
-If the
-.Dv LINEMODE
-option is not supported, it will go
-into kludge linemode.
-.It Fl n
-Disable
-.Dv TCP
-keep-alives.  Normally
-.Nm telnetd
-enables the
-.Tn TCP
-keep-alive mechanism to probe connections that
-have been idle for some period of time to determine
-if the client is still there, so that idle connections
-from machines that have crashed or can no longer
-be reached may be cleaned up.
-.It Fl r Ar lowpty-highpty
-This option is only enabled when
-.Nm telnetd
-is compiled for
-.Dv UNICOS.
-It specifies an inclusive range of pseudo-terminal devices to
-use.  If the system has sysconf variable
-.Dv _SC_CRAY_NPTY
-configured, the default pty search range is 0 to
-.Dv _SC_CRAY_NPTY;
-otherwise, the default range is 0 to 128.  Either
-.Ar lowpty
-or
-.Ar highpty
-may be omitted to allow changing
-either end of the search range.  If
-.Ar lowpty
-is omitted, the - character is still required so that
-.Nm telnetd
-can differentiate
-.Ar highpty
-from
-.Ar lowpty .
-.It Fl s
-This option is only enabled if
-.Nm telnetd
-is compiled with support for
-.Tn SecurID
-cards.
-It causes the
-.Fl s
-option to be passed on to
-.Xr login 1 ,
-and thus is only useful if
-.Xr login 1
-supports the
-.Fl s
-flag to indicate that only
-.Tn SecurID
-validated logins are allowed, and is
-usually useful for controlling remote logins
-from outside of a firewall.
-.It Fl S Ar tos
-.It Fl u Ar len
-This option is used to specify the size of the field
-in the
-.Dv utmp
-structure that holds the remote host name.
-If the resolved host name is longer than
-.Ar len ,
-the dotted decimal value will be used instead.
-This allows hosts with very long host names that
-overflow this field to still be uniquely identified.
-Specifying
-.Fl u0
-indicates that only dotted decimal addresses
-should be put into the
-.Pa utmp
-file.
-.ne 1i
-.It Fl U
-This option causes
-.Nm telnetd
-to refuse connections from addresses that
-cannot be mapped back into a symbolic name
-via the
-.Xr gethostbyaddr 3
-routine.
-.It Fl X Ar authtype
-This option is only valid if
-.Nm telnetd
-has been built with support for the authentication option.
-It disables the use of
-.Ar authtype
-authentication, and
-can be used to temporarily disable
-a specific authentication type without having to recompile
-.Nm telnetd .
-.El
-.Pp
-.Nm Telnetd
-operates by allocating a pseudo-terminal device (see
-.Xr pty 4 )
-for a client, then creating a login process which has
-the slave side of the pseudo-terminal as 
-.Dv stdin ,
-.Dv stdout
-and
-.Dv stderr .
-.Nm Telnetd
-manipulates the master side of the pseudo-terminal,
-implementing the
-.Tn TELNET
-protocol and passing characters
-between the remote client and the login process.
-.Pp
-When a
-.Tn TELNET
-session is started up, 
-.Nm telnetd
-sends
-.Tn TELNET
-options to the client side indicating
-a willingness to do the
-following
-.Tn TELNET
-options, which are described in more detail below:
-.Bd -literal -offset indent
-DO AUTHENTICATION
-WILL ENCRYPT
-DO TERMINAL TYPE
-DO TSPEED
-DO XDISPLOC
-DO NEW-ENVIRON
-DO ENVIRON
-WILL SUPPRESS GO AHEAD
-DO ECHO
-DO LINEMODE
-DO NAWS
-WILL STATUS
-DO LFLOW
-DO TIMING-MARK
-.Ed
-.Pp
-The pseudo-terminal allocated to the client is configured
-to operate in \*(lqcooked\*(rq mode, and with
-.Dv XTABS and
-.Dv CRMOD
-enabled (see
-.Xr tty 4 ) .
-.Pp
-.Nm Telnetd
-has support for enabling locally the following
-.Tn TELNET
-options:
-.Bl -tag -width "DO AUTHENTICATION"
-.It "WILL ECHO"
-When the
-.Dv LINEMODE
-option is enabled, a
-.Dv WILL ECHO
-or
-.Dv WONT ECHO
-will be sent to the client to indicate the
-current state of terminal echoing.
-When terminal echo is not desired, a
-.Dv WILL ECHO
-is sent to indicate that
-.Tn telnetd
-will take care of echoing any data that needs to be
-echoed to the terminal, and then nothing is echoed.
-When terminal echo is desired, a
-.Dv WONT ECHO
-is sent to indicate that
-.Tn telnetd
-will not be doing any terminal echoing, so the
-client should do any terminal echoing that is needed.
-.It "WILL BINARY"
-Indicates that the client is willing to send a
-8 bits of data, rather than the normal 7 bits
-of the Network Virtual Terminal.
-.It "WILL SGA"
-Indicates that it will not be sending
-.Dv IAC GA,
-go ahead, commands.
-.It "WILL STATUS"
-Indicates a willingness to send the client, upon
-request, of the current status of all
-.Tn TELNET
-options.
-.It "WILL TIMING-MARK"
-Whenever a
-.Dv DO TIMING-MARK
-command is received, it is always responded
-to with a
-.Dv WILL TIMING-MARK
-.ne 1i
-.It "WILL LOGOUT"
-When a
-.Dv DO LOGOUT
-is received, a
-.Dv WILL LOGOUT
-is sent in response, and the
-.Tn TELNET
-session is shut down.
-.It "WILL ENCRYPT"
-Only sent if
-.Nm telnetd
-is compiled with support for data encryption, and
-indicates a willingness to decrypt
-the data stream.
-.El
-.Pp
-.Nm Telnetd
-has support for enabling remotely the following
-.Tn TELNET
-options:
-.Bl -tag -width "DO AUTHENTICATION"
-.It "DO BINARY"
-Sent to indicate that
-.Tn telnetd
-is willing to receive an 8 bit data stream.
-.It "DO LFLOW"
-Requests that the client handle flow control
-characters remotely.
-.It "DO ECHO"
-This is not really supported, but is sent to identify a 4.2BSD
-.Xr telnet 1
-client, which will improperly respond with
-.Dv WILL ECHO.
-If a
-.Dv WILL ECHO
-is received, a
-.Dv DONT ECHO
-will be sent in response.
-.It "DO TERMINAL-TYPE"
-Indicates a desire to be able to request the
-name of the type of terminal that is attached
-to the client side of the connection.
-.It "DO SGA"
-Indicates that it does not need to receive
-.Dv IAC GA,
-the go ahead command.
-.It "DO NAWS"
-Requests that the client inform the server when
-the window (display) size changes.
-.It "DO TERMINAL-SPEED"
-Indicates a desire to be able to request information
-about the speed of the serial line to which
-the client is attached.
-.It "DO XDISPLOC"
-Indicates a desire to be able to request the name
-of the X windows display that is associated with
-the telnet client.
-.It "DO NEW-ENVIRON"
-Indicates a desire to be able to request environment
-variable information, as described in RFC 1572.
-.It "DO ENVIRON"
-Indicates a desire to be able to request environment
-variable information, as described in RFC 1408.
-.It "DO LINEMODE"
-Only sent if
-.Nm telnetd
-is compiled with support for linemode, and
-requests that the client do line by line processing.
-.It "DO TIMING-MARK"
-Only sent if
-.Nm telnetd
-is compiled with support for both linemode and
-kludge linemode, and the client responded with
-.Dv WONT LINEMODE.
-If the client responds with
-.Dv WILL TM,
-the it is assumed that the client supports
-kludge linemode.
-Note that the
-.Op Fl k
-option can be used to disable this.
-.It "DO AUTHENTICATION"
-Only sent if
-.Nm telnetd
-is compiled with support for authentication, and
-indicates a willingness to receive authentication
-information for automatic login.
-.It "DO ENCRYPT"
-Only sent if
-.Nm telnetd
-is compiled with support for data encryption, and
-indicates a willingness to decrypt
-the data stream.
-.Sh ENVIRONMENT
-.Sh FILES
-.Pa /etc/services
-.br
-.Pa /etc/inittab
-(UNICOS systems only)
-.br
-.Pa /etc/iptos
-(if supported)
-.br
-.Pa /usr/ucb/bftp
-(if supported)
-.Sh "SEE ALSO"
-.Xr bftp 1 ,
-.Xr login 1 ,
-.Xr telnet 1
-(if supported)
-.Sh STANDARDS
-.Bl -tag -compact -width RFC-1572
-.It Cm RFC-854
-.Tn TELNET
-PROTOCOL SPECIFICATION
-.It Cm RFC-855
-TELNET OPTION SPECIFICATIONS
-.It Cm RFC-856
-TELNET BINARY TRANSMISSION
-.It Cm RFC-857
-TELNET ECHO OPTION
-.It Cm RFC-858
-TELNET SUPPRESS GO AHEAD OPTION
-.It Cm RFC-859
-TELNET STATUS OPTION
-.It Cm RFC-860
-TELNET TIMING MARK OPTION
-.It Cm RFC-861
-TELNET EXTENDED OPTIONS - LIST OPTION
-.It Cm RFC-885
-TELNET END OF RECORD OPTION
-.It Cm RFC-1073
-Telnet Window Size Option
-.It Cm RFC-1079
-Telnet Terminal Speed Option
-.It Cm RFC-1091
-Telnet Terminal-Type Option
-.It Cm RFC-1096
-Telnet X Display Location Option
-.It Cm RFC-1123
-Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support
-.It Cm RFC-1184
-Telnet Linemode Option
-.It Cm RFC-1372
-Telnet Remote Flow Control Option
-.It Cm RFC-1416
-Telnet Authentication Option
-.It Cm RFC-1411
-Telnet Authentication: Kerberos Version 4
-.It Cm RFC-1412
-Telnet Authentication: SPX
-.It Cm RFC-1571
-Telnet Environment Option Interoperability Issues
-.It Cm RFC-1572
-Telnet Environment Option
-.Sh BUGS
-Some
-.Tn TELNET
-commands are only partially implemented.
-.Pp
-Because of bugs in the original 4.2 BSD
-.Xr telnet 1 ,
-.Nm telnetd
-performs some dubious protocol exchanges to try to discover if the remote
-client is, in fact, a 4.2 BSD
-.Xr telnet 1 .
-.Pp
-Binary mode
-has no common interpretation except between similar operating systems
-(Unix in this case).
-.Pp
-The terminal type name received from the remote client is converted to
-lower case.
-.Pp
-.Nm Telnetd
-never sends
-.Tn TELNET
-.Dv IAC GA
-(go ahead) commands.
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.c b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5191653..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1611 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef lint
-static const char copyright[] =
-"@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993\n\
-	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.\n";
-#endif /* not lint */
-
-#ifndef lint
-static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)telnetd.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/30/95";
-#endif /* not lint */
-
-#include "telnetd.h"
-#include "pathnames.h"
-
-#if	defined(_SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS) && !defined(SCM_SECURITY)
-/*
- * UNICOS 6.0/6.1 do not have SCM_SECURITY defined, so we can
- * use it to tell us to turn off all the socket security code,
- * since that is only used in UNICOS 7.0 and later.
- */
-# undef _SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS
-#endif
-
-#if	defined(_SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS)
-#include <sys/sysv.h>
-#include <sys/secdev.h>
-# ifdef SO_SEC_MULTI		/* 8.0 code */
-#include <sys/secparm.h>
-#include <sys/usrv.h>
-# endif /* SO_SEC_MULTI */
-int	secflag;
-char	tty_dev[16];
-struct	secdev dv;
-struct	sysv sysv;
-# ifdef SO_SEC_MULTI		/* 8.0 code */
-struct	socksec ss;
-# else /* SO_SEC_MULTI */	/* 7.0 code */
-struct	socket_security ss;
-# endif /* SO_SEC_MULTI */
-#endif	/* _SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS */
-
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-#include <libtelnet/auth.h>
-int	auth_level = 0;
-#endif
-#if	defined(ENCRYPTION)
-#include <libtelnet/encrypt.h>
-#endif
-#include <libtelnet/misc.h>
-#if	defined(SecurID)
-int	require_SecurID = 0;
-#endif
-
-extern	int utmp_len;
-int	registerd_host_only = 0;
-
-#ifdef	STREAMSPTY
-# include <stropts.h>
-# include <termio.h>
-/* make sure we don't get the bsd version */
-# include "/usr/include/sys/tty.h"
-# include <sys/ptyvar.h>
-
-/*
- * Because of the way ptyibuf is used with streams messages, we need
- * ptyibuf+1 to be on a full-word boundary.  The following wierdness
- * is simply to make that happen.
- */
-long	ptyibufbuf[BUFSIZ/sizeof(long)+1];
-char	*ptyibuf = ((char *)&ptyibufbuf[1])-1;
-char	*ptyip = ((char *)&ptyibufbuf[1])-1;
-char	ptyibuf2[BUFSIZ];
-unsigned char ctlbuf[BUFSIZ];
-struct	strbuf strbufc, strbufd;
-
-#else	/* ! STREAMPTY */
-
-/*
- * I/O data buffers,
- * pointers, and counters.
- */
-char	ptyibuf[BUFSIZ], *ptyip = ptyibuf;
-char	ptyibuf2[BUFSIZ];
-
-# include <termcap.h>
-
-int readstream(int p, char *ibuf, int bufsize);
-void doit(struct sockaddr_in *who);
-int terminaltypeok(char *s);
-void startslave(char *host, int autologin, char *autoname);
-
-#endif /* ! STREAMPTY */
-
-int	hostinfo = 1;			/* do we print login banner? */
-
-#ifdef	CRAY
-extern int      newmap; /* nonzero if \n maps to ^M^J */
-int	lowpty = 0, highpty;	/* low, high pty numbers */
-#endif /* CRAY */
-
-int debug = 0;
-int keepalive = 1;
-char *progname;
-char *altlogin;
-
-extern void usage P((void));
-
-/*
- * The string to pass to getopt().  We do it this way so
- * that only the actual options that we support will be
- * passed off to getopt().
- */
-char valid_opts[] = {
-	'd', ':', 'h', 'k', 'n', 'p', ':', 'S', ':', 'u', ':', 'U',
-#ifdef	AUTHENTICATION
-	'a', ':', 'X', ':',
-#endif
-#ifdef BFTPDAEMON
-	'B',
-#endif
-#ifdef DIAGNOSTICS
-	'D', ':',
-#endif
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-	'e', ':',
-#endif
-#if	defined(CRAY) && defined(NEWINIT)
-	'I', ':',
-#endif
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-	'l',
-#endif
-#ifdef CRAY
-	'r', ':',
-#endif
-#ifdef	SecurID
-	's',
-#endif
-	'\0'
-};
-
-main(argc, argv)
-	char *argv[];
-{
-	struct sockaddr_in from;
-	int on = 1, fromlen;
-	register int ch;
-	extern char *optarg;
-	extern int optind;
-#if	defined(IPPROTO_IP) && defined(IP_TOS)
-	int tos = -1;
-#endif
-
-	pfrontp = pbackp = ptyobuf;
-	netip = netibuf;
-	nfrontp = nbackp = netobuf;
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-	nclearto = 0;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-
-	progname = *argv;
-
-#ifdef CRAY
-	/*
-	 * Get number of pty's before trying to process options,
-	 * which may include changing pty range.
-	 */
-	highpty = getnpty();
-#endif /* CRAY */
-
-	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, valid_opts)) != EOF) {
-		switch(ch) {
-
-#ifdef	AUTHENTICATION
-		case 'a':
-			/*
-			 * Check for required authentication level
-			 */
-			if (strcmp(optarg, "debug") == 0) {
-				extern int auth_debug_mode;
-				auth_debug_mode = 1;
-			} else if (strcasecmp(optarg, "none") == 0) {
-				auth_level = 0;
-			} else if (strcasecmp(optarg, "other") == 0) {
-				auth_level = AUTH_OTHER;
-			} else if (strcasecmp(optarg, "user") == 0) {
-				auth_level = AUTH_USER;
-			} else if (strcasecmp(optarg, "valid") == 0) {
-				auth_level = AUTH_VALID;
-			} else if (strcasecmp(optarg, "off") == 0) {
-				/*
-				 * This hack turns off authentication
-				 */
-				auth_level = -1;
-			} else {
-				fprintf(stderr,
-			    "telnetd: unknown authorization level for -a\n");
-			}
-			break;
-#endif	/* AUTHENTICATION */
-
-#ifdef BFTPDAEMON
-		case 'B':
-			bftpd++;
-			break;
-#endif /* BFTPDAEMON */
-
-		case 'd':
-			if (strcmp(optarg, "ebug") == 0) {
-				debug++;
-				break;
-			}
-			usage();
-			/* NOTREACHED */
-			break;
-
-#ifdef DIAGNOSTICS
-		case 'D':
-			/*
-			 * Check for desired diagnostics capabilities.
-			 */
-			if (!strcmp(optarg, "report")) {
-				diagnostic |= TD_REPORT|TD_OPTIONS;
-			} else if (!strcmp(optarg, "exercise")) {
-				diagnostic |= TD_EXERCISE;
-			} else if (!strcmp(optarg, "netdata")) {
-				diagnostic |= TD_NETDATA;
-			} else if (!strcmp(optarg, "ptydata")) {
-				diagnostic |= TD_PTYDATA;
-			} else if (!strcmp(optarg, "options")) {
-				diagnostic |= TD_OPTIONS;
-			} else {
-				usage();
-				/* NOT REACHED */
-			}
-			break;
-#endif /* DIAGNOSTICS */
-
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-		case 'e':
-			if (strcmp(optarg, "debug") == 0) {
-				extern int encrypt_debug_mode;
-				encrypt_debug_mode = 1;
-				break;
-			}
-			usage();
-			/* NOTREACHED */
-			break;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-
-		case 'h':
-			hostinfo = 0;
-			break;
-
-#if	defined(CRAY) && defined(NEWINIT)
-		case 'I':
-		    {
-			extern char *gen_id;
-			gen_id = optarg;
-			break;
-		    }
-#endif	/* defined(CRAY) && defined(NEWINIT) */
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-		case 'l':
-			alwayslinemode = 1;
-			break;
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-		case 'k':
-#if	defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE)
-			lmodetype = NO_AUTOKLUDGE;
-#else
-			/* ignore -k option if built without kludge linemode */
-#endif	/* defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE) */
-			break;
-
-		case 'n':
-			keepalive = 0;
-			break;
-
-		case 'p':
-			altlogin = optarg;
-			break;
-
-#ifdef CRAY
-		case 'r':
-		    {
-			char *strchr();
-			char *c;
-
-			/*
-			 * Allow the specification of alterations
-			 * to the pty search range.  It is legal to
-			 * specify only one, and not change the
-			 * other from its default.
-			 */
-			c = strchr(optarg, '-');
-			if (c) {
-				*c++ = '\0';
-				highpty = atoi(c);
-			}
-			if (*optarg != '\0')
-				lowpty = atoi(optarg);
-			if ((lowpty > highpty) || (lowpty < 0) ||
-							(highpty > 32767)) {
-				usage();
-				/* NOT REACHED */
-			}
-			break;
-		    }
-#endif	/* CRAY */
-
-#ifdef	SecurID
-		case 's':
-			/* SecurID required */
-			require_SecurID = 1;
-			break;
-#endif	/* SecurID */
-		case 'S':
-#ifdef	HAS_GETTOS
-			if ((tos = parsetos(optarg, "tcp")) < 0)
-				fprintf(stderr, "%s%s%s\n",
-					"telnetd: Bad TOS argument '", optarg,
-					"'; will try to use default TOS");
-#else
-			fprintf(stderr, "%s%s\n", "TOS option unavailable; ",
-						"-S flag not supported\n");
-#endif
-			break;
-
-		case 'u':
-			utmp_len = atoi(optarg);
-			break;
-
-		case 'U':
-			registerd_host_only = 1;
-			break;
-
-#ifdef	AUTHENTICATION
-		case 'X':
-			/*
-			 * Check for invalid authentication types
-			 */
-			auth_disable_name(optarg);
-			break;
-#endif	/* AUTHENTICATION */
-
-		default:
-			fprintf(stderr, "telnetd: %c: unknown option\n", ch);
-			/* FALLTHROUGH */
-		case '?':
-			usage();
-			/* NOTREACHED */
-		}
-	}
-
-	argc -= optind;
-	argv += optind;
-
-	if (debug) {
-	    int s, ns, foo;
-	    struct servent *sp;
-	    static struct sockaddr_in sin = { AF_INET };
-
-	    if (argc > 1) {
-		usage();
-		/* NOT REACHED */
-	    } else if (argc == 1) {
-		    if ((sp = getservbyname(*argv, "tcp"))) {
-			sin.sin_port = sp->s_port;
-		    } else {
-			sin.sin_port = atoi(*argv);
-			if ((int)sin.sin_port <= 0) {
-			    fprintf(stderr, "telnetd: %s: bad port #\n", *argv);
-			    usage();
-			    /* NOT REACHED */
-			}
-			sin.sin_port = htons((u_short)sin.sin_port);
-		   }
-	    } else {
-		sp = getservbyname("telnet", "tcp");
-		if (sp == 0) {
-		    fprintf(stderr, "telnetd: tcp/telnet: unknown service\n");
-		    exit(1);
-		}
-		sin.sin_port = sp->s_port;
-	    }
-
-	    s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
-	    if (s < 0) {
-		    perror("telnetd: socket");;
-		    exit(1);
-	    }
-	    (void) setsockopt(s, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR,
-				(char *)&on, sizeof(on));
-	    if (bind(s, (struct sockaddr *)&sin, sizeof sin) < 0) {
-		perror("bind");
-		exit(1);
-	    }
-	    if (listen(s, 1) < 0) {
-		perror("listen");
-		exit(1);
-	    }
-	    foo = sizeof sin;
-	    ns = accept(s, (struct sockaddr *)&sin, &foo);
-	    if (ns < 0) {
-		perror("accept");
-		exit(1);
-	    }
-	    (void) dup2(ns, 0);
-	    (void) close(ns);
-	    (void) close(s);
-#ifdef convex
-	} else if (argc == 1) {
-		; /* VOID*/		/* Just ignore the host/port name */
-#endif
-	} else if (argc > 0) {
-		usage();
-		/* NOT REACHED */
-	}
-
-#if	defined(_SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS)
-	secflag = sysconf(_SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS);
-
-	/*
-	 *	Get socket's security label
-	 */
-	if (secflag)  {
-		int szss = sizeof(ss);
-#ifdef SO_SEC_MULTI			/* 8.0 code */
-		int sock_multi;
-		int szi = sizeof(int);
-#endif /* SO_SEC_MULTI */
-
-		memset((char *)&dv, 0, sizeof(dv));
-
-		if (getsysv(&sysv, sizeof(struct sysv)) != 0) {
-			perror("getsysv");
-			exit(1);
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 *	Get socket security label and set device values
-		 *	   {security label to be set on ttyp device}
-		 */
-#ifdef SO_SEC_MULTI			/* 8.0 code */
-		if ((getsockopt(0, SOL_SOCKET, SO_SECURITY,
-			       (char *)&ss, &szss) < 0) ||
-		    (getsockopt(0, SOL_SOCKET, SO_SEC_MULTI,
-				(char *)&sock_multi, &szi) < 0)) {
-			perror("getsockopt");
-			exit(1);
-		} else {
-			dv.dv_actlvl = ss.ss_actlabel.lt_level;
-			dv.dv_actcmp = ss.ss_actlabel.lt_compart;
-			if (!sock_multi) {
-				dv.dv_minlvl = dv.dv_maxlvl = dv.dv_actlvl;
-				dv.dv_valcmp = dv.dv_actcmp;
-			} else {
-				dv.dv_minlvl = ss.ss_minlabel.lt_level;
-				dv.dv_maxlvl = ss.ss_maxlabel.lt_level;
-				dv.dv_valcmp = ss.ss_maxlabel.lt_compart;
-			}
-			dv.dv_devflg = 0;
-		}
-#else /* SO_SEC_MULTI */		/* 7.0 code */
-		if (getsockopt(0, SOL_SOCKET, SO_SECURITY,
-				(char *)&ss, &szss) >= 0) {
-			dv.dv_actlvl = ss.ss_slevel;
-			dv.dv_actcmp = ss.ss_compart;
-			dv.dv_minlvl = ss.ss_minlvl;
-			dv.dv_maxlvl = ss.ss_maxlvl;
-			dv.dv_valcmp = ss.ss_maxcmp;
-		}
-#endif /* SO_SEC_MULTI */
-	}
-#endif	/* _SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS */
-
-	openlog("telnetd", LOG_PID | LOG_ODELAY, LOG_DAEMON);
-	fromlen = sizeof (from);
-	if (getpeername(0, (struct sockaddr *)&from, &fromlen) < 0) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", progname);
-		perror("getpeername");
-		_exit(1);
-	}
-	if (keepalive &&
-	    setsockopt(0, SOL_SOCKET, SO_KEEPALIVE,
-			(char *)&on, sizeof (on)) < 0) {
-		syslog(LOG_WARNING, "setsockopt (SO_KEEPALIVE): %m");
-	}
-
-#if	defined(IPPROTO_IP) && defined(IP_TOS)
-	{
-# if	defined(HAS_GETTOS)
-		struct tosent *tp;
-		if (tos < 0 && (tp = gettosbyname("telnet", "tcp")))
-			tos = tp->t_tos;
-# endif
-		if (tos < 0)
-			tos = 020;	/* Low Delay bit */
-		if (tos
-		   && (setsockopt(0, IPPROTO_IP, IP_TOS,
-				  (char *)&tos, sizeof(tos)) < 0)
-		   && (errno != ENOPROTOOPT) )
-			syslog(LOG_WARNING, "setsockopt (IP_TOS): %m");
-	}
-#endif	/* defined(IPPROTO_IP) && defined(IP_TOS) */
-	net = 0;
-	doit(&from);
-	/* NOTREACHED */
-}  /* end of main */
-
-	void
-usage()
-{
-	fprintf(stderr, "Usage: telnetd");
-#ifdef	AUTHENTICATION
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-a (debug|other|user|valid|off|none)]\n\t");
-#endif
-#ifdef BFTPDAEMON
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-B]");
-#endif
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-debug]");
-#ifdef DIAGNOSTICS
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-D (options|report|exercise|netdata|ptydata)]\n\t");
-#endif
-#ifdef	AUTHENTICATION
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-edebug]");
-#endif
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-h]");
-#if	defined(CRAY) && defined(NEWINIT)
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-Iinitid]");
-#endif
-#if	defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE)
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-k]");
-#endif
-#ifdef LINEMODE
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-l]");
-#endif
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-n]");
-#ifdef	CRAY
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-r[lowpty]-[highpty]]");
-#endif
-	fprintf(stderr, "\n\t");
-#ifdef	SecurID
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-s]");
-#endif
-#ifdef	HAS_GETTOS
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-S tos]");
-#endif
-#ifdef	AUTHENTICATION
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-X auth-type]");
-#endif
-	fprintf(stderr, " [-u utmp_hostname_length] [-U]");
-	fprintf(stderr, " [port]\n");
-	exit(1);
-}
-
-/*
- * getterminaltype
- *
- *	Ask the other end to send along its terminal type and speed.
- * Output is the variable terminaltype filled in.
- */
-static unsigned char ttytype_sbbuf[] = {
-	IAC, SB, TELOPT_TTYPE, TELQUAL_SEND, IAC, SE
-};
-
-    int
-getterminaltype(name)
-    char *name;
-{
-    int retval = -1;
-    void _gettermname();
-
-    settimer(baseline);
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-    /*
-     * Handle the Authentication option before we do anything else.
-     */
-    send_do(TELOPT_AUTHENTICATION, 1);
-    while (his_will_wont_is_changing(TELOPT_AUTHENTICATION))
-	ttloop();
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_AUTHENTICATION)) {
-	retval = auth_wait(name);
-    }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-    send_will(TELOPT_ENCRYPT, 1);
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-    send_do(TELOPT_TTYPE, 1);
-    send_do(TELOPT_TSPEED, 1);
-    send_do(TELOPT_XDISPLOC, 1);
-    send_do(TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON, 1);
-    send_do(TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON, 1);
-    while (
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-	   his_do_dont_is_changing(TELOPT_ENCRYPT) ||
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-	   his_will_wont_is_changing(TELOPT_TTYPE) ||
-	   his_will_wont_is_changing(TELOPT_TSPEED) ||
-	   his_will_wont_is_changing(TELOPT_XDISPLOC) ||
-	   his_will_wont_is_changing(TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON) ||
-	   his_will_wont_is_changing(TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON)) {
-	ttloop();
-    }
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-    /*
-     * Wait for the negotiation of what type of encryption we can
-     * send with.  If autoencrypt is not set, this will just return.
-     */
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_ENCRYPT)) {
-	encrypt_wait();
-    }
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_TSPEED)) {
-	static unsigned char sb[] =
-			{ IAC, SB, TELOPT_TSPEED, TELQUAL_SEND, IAC, SE };
-
-	memmove(nfrontp, sb, sizeof sb);
-	nfrontp += sizeof sb;
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printsub('>', sb + 2, sizeof sb - 2););
-    }
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_XDISPLOC)) {
-	static unsigned char sb[] =
-			{ IAC, SB, TELOPT_XDISPLOC, TELQUAL_SEND, IAC, SE };
-
-	memmove(nfrontp, sb, sizeof sb);
-	nfrontp += sizeof sb;
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printsub('>', sb + 2, sizeof sb - 2););
-    }
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON)) {
-	static unsigned char sb[] =
-			{ IAC, SB, TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON, TELQUAL_SEND, IAC, SE };
-
-	memmove(nfrontp, sb, sizeof sb);
-	nfrontp += sizeof sb;
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printsub('>', sb + 2, sizeof sb - 2););
-    }
-    else if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON)) {
-	static unsigned char sb[] =
-			{ IAC, SB, TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON, TELQUAL_SEND, IAC, SE };
-
-	memmove(nfrontp, sb, sizeof sb);
-	nfrontp += sizeof sb;
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printsub('>', sb + 2, sizeof sb - 2););
-    }
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_TTYPE)) {
-
-	memmove(nfrontp, ttytype_sbbuf, sizeof ttytype_sbbuf);
-	nfrontp += sizeof ttytype_sbbuf;
-	DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printsub('>', ttytype_sbbuf + 2,
-					sizeof ttytype_sbbuf - 2););
-    }
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_TSPEED)) {
-	while (sequenceIs(tspeedsubopt, baseline))
-	    ttloop();
-    }
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_XDISPLOC)) {
-	while (sequenceIs(xdisplocsubopt, baseline))
-	    ttloop();
-    }
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON)) {
-	while (sequenceIs(environsubopt, baseline))
-	    ttloop();
-    }
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON)) {
-	while (sequenceIs(oenvironsubopt, baseline))
-	    ttloop();
-    }
-    if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_TTYPE)) {
-	char first[256], last[256];
-
-	while (sequenceIs(ttypesubopt, baseline))
-	    ttloop();
-
-	/*
-	 * If the other side has already disabled the option, then
-	 * we have to just go with what we (might) have already gotten.
-	 */
-	if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_TTYPE) && !terminaltypeok(terminaltype)) {
-	    (void) strncpy(first, terminaltype, sizeof(first)-1);
-	    first[sizeof(first)-1] = '\0';
-	    for(;;) {
-		/*
-		 * Save the unknown name, and request the next name.
-		 */
-		(void) strncpy(last, terminaltype, sizeof(last)-1);
-		last[sizeof(last)-1] = '\0';
-		_gettermname();
-		if (terminaltypeok(terminaltype))
-		    break;
-		if ((strncmp(last, terminaltype, sizeof(last)) == 0) ||
-		    his_state_is_wont(TELOPT_TTYPE)) {
-		    /*
-		     * We've hit the end.  If this is the same as
-		     * the first name, just go with it.
-		     */
-		    if (strncmp(first, terminaltype, sizeof(first)) == 0)
-			break;
-		    /*
-		     * Get the terminal name one more time, so that
-		     * RFC1091 compliant telnets will cycle back to
-		     * the start of the list.
-		     */
-		     _gettermname();
-		    if (strncmp(first, terminaltype, sizeof(first)) != 0) {
-			(void) strncpy(terminaltype, first, sizeof(terminaltype)-1);
-			terminaltype[sizeof(terminaltype)-1] = '\0';
-		    }
-		    break;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return(retval);
-}  /* end of getterminaltype */
-
-    void
-_gettermname()
-{
-    /*
-     * If the client turned off the option,
-     * we can't send another request, so we
-     * just return.
-     */
-    if (his_state_is_wont(TELOPT_TTYPE))
-	return;
-    settimer(baseline);
-    memmove(nfrontp, ttytype_sbbuf, sizeof ttytype_sbbuf);
-    nfrontp += sizeof ttytype_sbbuf;
-    DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printsub('>', ttytype_sbbuf + 2,
-					sizeof ttytype_sbbuf - 2););
-    while (sequenceIs(ttypesubopt, baseline))
-	ttloop();
-}
-
-    int
-terminaltypeok(s)
-    char *s;
-{
-    char buf[1024];
-
-    if (terminaltype == NULL)
-	return(1);
-
-    /*
-     * tgetent() will return 1 if the type is known, and
-     * 0 if it is not known.  If it returns -1, it couldn't
-     * open the database.  But if we can't open the database,
-     * it won't help to say we failed, because we won't be
-     * able to verify anything else.  So, we treat -1 like 1.
-     */
-    if (tgetent(buf, s) == 0)
-	return(0);
-    return(1);
-}
-
-#ifndef	MAXHOSTNAMELEN
-#define	MAXHOSTNAMELEN 64
-#endif	/* MAXHOSTNAMELEN */
-
-char *hostname;
-char host_name[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
-char remote_host_name[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
-
-extern void telnet P((int, int, char *));
-
-int level;
-char user_name[256];
-/*
- * Get a pty, scan input lines.
- */
-void
-doit(who)
-	struct sockaddr_in *who;
-{
-	char *host, *inet_ntoa();
-	struct hostent *hp;
-	int ptynum;
-
-	/*
-	 * Find an available pty to use.
-	 */
-#ifndef	convex
-	pty = getpty(&ptynum);
-	if (pty < 0)
-		fatal(net, "All network ports in use");
-#else
-	for (;;) {
-		char *lp;
-		extern char *line, *getpty();
-
-		if ((lp = getpty()) == NULL)
-			fatal(net, "Out of ptys");
-
-		if ((pty = open(lp, 2)) >= 0) {
-			strcpy(line,lp);
-			line[5] = 't';
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-#endif
-
-#if	defined(_SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS)
-	/*
-	 *	set ttyp line security label
-	 */
-	if (secflag) {
-		char slave_dev[16];
-
-		sprintf(tty_dev, "/dev/pty/%03d", ptynum);
-		if (setdevs(tty_dev, &dv) < 0)
-		 	fatal(net, "cannot set pty security");
-		sprintf(slave_dev, "/dev/ttyp%03d", ptynum);
-		if (setdevs(slave_dev, &dv) < 0)
-		 	fatal(net, "cannot set tty security");
-	}
-#endif	/* _SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS */
-
-	/* get name of connected client */
-	hp = gethostbyaddr((char *)&who->sin_addr, sizeof (struct in_addr),
-		who->sin_family);
-
-	if (hp == NULL && registerd_host_only) {
-		fatal(net, "Couldn't resolve your address into a host name.\r\n\
-         Please contact your net administrator");
-	} else if (hp &&
-	    (strlen(hp->h_name) <= (unsigned int)((utmp_len < 0) ? -utmp_len
-								 : utmp_len))) {
-		host = hp->h_name;
-	} else {
-		host = inet_ntoa(who->sin_addr);
-	}
-	/*
-	 * We must make a copy because Kerberos is probably going
-	 * to also do a gethost* and overwrite the static data...
-	 */
-	strncpy(remote_host_name, host, sizeof(remote_host_name)-1);
-	remote_host_name[sizeof(remote_host_name)-1] = 0;
-	host = remote_host_name;
-
-	(void) gethostname(host_name, sizeof (host_name));
-	hostname = host_name;
-
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION) || defined(ENCRYPTION)
-	auth_encrypt_init(hostname, host, "TELNETD", 1);
-#endif
-
-	init_env();
-	/*
-	 * get terminal type.
-	 */
-	*user_name = 0;
-	level = getterminaltype(user_name);
-	setenv("TERM", terminaltype ? terminaltype : "network", 1);
-
-#if	defined(_SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS)
-	if (secflag) {
-		if (setulvl(dv.dv_actlvl) < 0)
-			fatal(net,"cannot setulvl()");
-		if (setucmp(dv.dv_actcmp) < 0)
-			fatal(net, "cannot setucmp()");
-	}
-#endif	/* _SC_CRAY_SECURE_SYS */
-
-	telnet(net, pty, host);		/* begin server process */
-
-	/*NOTREACHED*/
-}  /* end of doit */
-
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) && defined(UNICOS50)
-	int
-Xterm_output(ibufp, obuf, icountp, ocount)
-	char **ibufp, *obuf;
-	int *icountp, ocount;
-{
-	int ret;
-	ret = term_output(*ibufp, obuf, *icountp, ocount);
-	*ibufp += *icountp;
-	*icountp = 0;
-	return(ret);
-}
-#define	term_output	Xterm_output
-#endif	/* defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) && defined(UNICOS50) */
-
-/*
- * Main loop.  Select from pty and network, and
- * hand data to telnet receiver finite state machine.
- */
-	void
-telnet(f, p, host)
-	int f, p;
-	char *host;
-{
-	int on = 1;
-#define	TABBUFSIZ	512
-	char	defent[TABBUFSIZ];
-	char	defstrs[TABBUFSIZ];
-#undef	TABBUFSIZ
-	char *HE;
-	char *HN;
-	char *IM;
-	void netflush();
-	int nfd;
-
-	/*
-	 * Initialize the slc mapping table.
-	 */
-	get_slc_defaults();
-
-	/*
-	 * Do some tests where it is desireable to wait for a response.
-	 * Rather than doing them slowly, one at a time, do them all
-	 * at once.
-	 */
-	if (my_state_is_wont(TELOPT_SGA))
-		send_will(TELOPT_SGA, 1);
-	/*
-	 * Is the client side a 4.2 (NOT 4.3) system?  We need to know this
-	 * because 4.2 clients are unable to deal with TCP urgent data.
-	 *
-	 * To find out, we send out a "DO ECHO".  If the remote system
-	 * answers "WILL ECHO" it is probably a 4.2 client, and we note
-	 * that fact ("WILL ECHO" ==> that the client will echo what
-	 * WE, the server, sends it; it does NOT mean that the client will
-	 * echo the terminal input).
-	 */
-	send_do(TELOPT_ECHO, 1);
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-	if (his_state_is_wont(TELOPT_LINEMODE)) {
-		/* Query the peer for linemode support by trying to negotiate
-		 * the linemode option.
-		 */
-		linemode = 0;
-		editmode = 0;
-		send_do(TELOPT_LINEMODE, 1);  /* send do linemode */
-	}
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-	/*
-	 * Send along a couple of other options that we wish to negotiate.
-	 */
-	send_do(TELOPT_NAWS, 1);
-	send_will(TELOPT_STATUS, 1);
-	flowmode = 1;		/* default flow control state */
-	restartany = -1;	/* uninitialized... */
-	send_do(TELOPT_LFLOW, 1);
-
-	/*
-	 * Spin, waiting for a response from the DO ECHO.  However,
-	 * some REALLY DUMB telnets out there might not respond
-	 * to the DO ECHO.  So, we spin looking for NAWS, (most dumb
-	 * telnets so far seem to respond with WONT for a DO that
-	 * they don't understand...) because by the time we get the
-	 * response, it will already have processed the DO ECHO.
-	 * Kludge upon kludge.
-	 */
-	while (his_will_wont_is_changing(TELOPT_NAWS))
-		ttloop();
-
-	/*
-	 * But...
-	 * The client might have sent a WILL NAWS as part of its
-	 * startup code; if so, we'll be here before we get the
-	 * response to the DO ECHO.  We'll make the assumption
-	 * that any implementation that understands about NAWS
-	 * is a modern enough implementation that it will respond
-	 * to our DO ECHO request; hence we'll do another spin
-	 * waiting for the ECHO option to settle down, which is
-	 * what we wanted to do in the first place...
-	 */
-	if (his_want_state_is_will(TELOPT_ECHO) &&
-	    his_state_is_will(TELOPT_NAWS)) {
-		while (his_will_wont_is_changing(TELOPT_ECHO))
-			ttloop();
-	}
-	/*
-	 * On the off chance that the telnet client is broken and does not
-	 * respond to the DO ECHO we sent, (after all, we did send the
-	 * DO NAWS negotiation after the DO ECHO, and we won't get here
-	 * until a response to the DO NAWS comes back) simulate the
-	 * receipt of a will echo.  This will also send a WONT ECHO
-	 * to the client, since we assume that the client failed to
-	 * respond because it believes that it is already in DO ECHO
-	 * mode, which we do not want.
-	 */
-	if (his_want_state_is_will(TELOPT_ECHO)) {
-		DIAG(TD_OPTIONS,
-			{sprintf(nfrontp, "td: simulating recv\r\n");
-			 nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);});
-		willoption(TELOPT_ECHO);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Finally, to clean things up, we turn on our echo.  This
-	 * will break stupid 4.2 telnets out of local terminal echo.
-	 */
-
-	if (my_state_is_wont(TELOPT_ECHO))
-		send_will(TELOPT_ECHO, 1);
-
-#ifndef	STREAMSPTY
-	/*
-	 * Turn on packet mode
-	 */
-	(void) ioctl(p, TIOCPKT, (char *)&on);
-#endif
-
-#if	defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE)
-	/*
-	 * Continuing line mode support.  If client does not support
-	 * real linemode, attempt to negotiate kludge linemode by sending
-	 * the do timing mark sequence.
-	 */
-	if (lmodetype < REAL_LINEMODE)
-		send_do(TELOPT_TM, 1);
-#endif	/* defined(LINEMODE) && defined(KLUDGELINEMODE) */
-
-	/*
-	 * Call telrcv() once to pick up anything received during
-	 * terminal type negotiation, 4.2/4.3 determination, and
-	 * linemode negotiation.
-	 */
-	telrcv();
-
-	(void) ioctl(f, FIONBIO, (char *)&on);
-	(void) ioctl(p, FIONBIO, (char *)&on);
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-	init_termdriver(f, p, interrupt, sendbrk);
-#endif
-
-#if	defined(SO_OOBINLINE)
-	(void) setsockopt(net, SOL_SOCKET, SO_OOBINLINE,
-				(char *)&on, sizeof on);
-#endif	/* defined(SO_OOBINLINE) */
-
-#ifdef	SIGTSTP
-	(void) signal(SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN);
-#endif
-#ifdef	SIGTTOU
-	/*
-	 * Ignoring SIGTTOU keeps the kernel from blocking us
-	 * in ttioct() in /sys/tty.c.
-	 */
-	(void) signal(SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN);
-#endif
-
-	(void) signal(SIGCHLD, cleanup);
-
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-	/*
-	 * Cray-2 will send a signal when pty modes are changed by slave
-	 * side.  Set up signal handler now.
-	 */
-	if ((int)signal(SIGUSR1, termstat) < 0)
-		perror("signal");
-	else if (ioctl(p, TCSIGME, (char *)SIGUSR1) < 0)
-		perror("ioctl:TCSIGME");
-	/*
-	 * Make processing loop check terminal characteristics early on.
-	 */
-	termstat();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef  TIOCNOTTY
-	{
-		register int t;
-		t = open(_PATH_TTY, O_RDWR);
-		if (t >= 0) {
-			(void) ioctl(t, TIOCNOTTY, (char *)0);
-			(void) close(t);
-		}
-	}
-#endif
-
-#if	defined(CRAY) && defined(NEWINIT) && defined(TIOCSCTTY)
-	(void) setsid();
-	ioctl(p, TIOCSCTTY, 0);
-#endif
-
-	/*
-	 * Show banner that getty never gave.
-	 *
-	 * We put the banner in the pty input buffer.  This way, it
-	 * gets carriage return null processing, etc., just like all
-	 * other pty --> client data.
-	 */
-
-#if	!defined(CRAY) || !defined(NEWINIT)
-	if (getenv("USER"))
-		hostinfo = 0;
-#endif
-
-	if (getent(defent, "default") == 1) {
-		char *getstr();
-		char *cp=defstrs;
-
-		HE = getstr("he", &cp);
-		HN = getstr("hn", &cp);
-		IM = getstr("im", &cp);
-		if (HN && *HN)
-			(void) strcpy(host_name, HN);
-		if (IM == 0)
-			IM = "";
-	} else {
-		IM = DEFAULT_IM;
-		HE = 0;
-	}
-	edithost(HE, host_name);
-	if (hostinfo && *IM)
-		putf(IM, ptyibuf2);
-
-	if (pcc)
-		(void) strncat(ptyibuf2, ptyip, pcc+1);
-	ptyip = ptyibuf2;
-	pcc = strlen(ptyip);
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-	/*
-	 * Last check to make sure all our states are correct.
-	 */
-	init_termbuf();
-	localstat();
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-	DIAG(TD_REPORT,
-		{sprintf(nfrontp, "td: Entering processing loop\r\n");
-		 nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);});
-
-	/*
-	 * Startup the login process on the slave side of the terminal
-	 * now.  We delay this until here to insure option negotiation
-	 * is complete.
-	 */
-	startslave(host, level, user_name);
-
-	nfd = ((f > p) ? f : p) + 1;
-	for (;;) {
-		fd_set ibits, obits, xbits;
-		register int c;
-
-		if (ncc < 0 && pcc < 0)
-			break;
-
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-		if (needtermstat)
-			_termstat();
-#endif	/* defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) */
-		FD_ZERO(&ibits);
-		FD_ZERO(&obits);
-		FD_ZERO(&xbits);
-		/*
-		 * Never look for input if there's still
-		 * stuff in the corresponding output buffer
-		 */
-		if (nfrontp - nbackp || pcc > 0) {
-			FD_SET(f, &obits);
-		} else {
-			FD_SET(p, &ibits);
-		}
-		if (pfrontp - pbackp || ncc > 0) {
-			FD_SET(p, &obits);
-		} else {
-			FD_SET(f, &ibits);
-		}
-		if (!SYNCHing) {
-			FD_SET(f, &xbits);
-		}
-		if ((c = select(nfd, &ibits, &obits, &xbits,
-						(struct timeval *)0)) < 1) {
-			if (c == -1) {
-				if (errno == EINTR) {
-					continue;
-				}
-			}
-			sleep(5);
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Any urgent data?
-		 */
-		if (FD_ISSET(net, &xbits)) {
-		    SYNCHing = 1;
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Something to read from the network...
-		 */
-		if (FD_ISSET(net, &ibits)) {
-#if	!defined(SO_OOBINLINE)
-			/*
-			 * In 4.2 (and 4.3 beta) systems, the
-			 * OOB indication and data handling in the kernel
-			 * is such that if two separate TCP Urgent requests
-			 * come in, one byte of TCP data will be overlaid.
-			 * This is fatal for Telnet, but we try to live
-			 * with it.
-			 *
-			 * In addition, in 4.2 (and...), a special protocol
-			 * is needed to pick up the TCP Urgent data in
-			 * the correct sequence.
-			 *
-			 * What we do is:  if we think we are in urgent
-			 * mode, we look to see if we are "at the mark".
-			 * If we are, we do an OOB receive.  If we run
-			 * this twice, we will do the OOB receive twice,
-			 * but the second will fail, since the second
-			 * time we were "at the mark", but there wasn't
-			 * any data there (the kernel doesn't reset
-			 * "at the mark" until we do a normal read).
-			 * Once we've read the OOB data, we go ahead
-			 * and do normal reads.
-			 *
-			 * There is also another problem, which is that
-			 * since the OOB byte we read doesn't put us
-			 * out of OOB state, and since that byte is most
-			 * likely the TELNET DM (data mark), we would
-			 * stay in the TELNET SYNCH (SYNCHing) state.
-			 * So, clocks to the rescue.  If we've "just"
-			 * received a DM, then we test for the
-			 * presence of OOB data when the receive OOB
-			 * fails (and AFTER we did the normal mode read
-			 * to clear "at the mark").
-			 */
-		    if (SYNCHing) {
-			int atmark;
-
-			(void) ioctl(net, SIOCATMARK, (char *)&atmark);
-			if (atmark) {
-			    ncc = recv(net, netibuf, sizeof (netibuf), MSG_OOB);
-			    if ((ncc == -1) && (errno == EINVAL)) {
-				ncc = read(net, netibuf, sizeof (netibuf));
-				if (sequenceIs(didnetreceive, gotDM)) {
-				    SYNCHing = stilloob(net);
-				}
-			    }
-			} else {
-			    ncc = read(net, netibuf, sizeof (netibuf));
-			}
-		    } else {
-			ncc = read(net, netibuf, sizeof (netibuf));
-		    }
-		    settimer(didnetreceive);
-#else	/* !defined(SO_OOBINLINE)) */
-		    ncc = read(net, netibuf, sizeof (netibuf));
-#endif	/* !defined(SO_OOBINLINE)) */
-		    if (ncc < 0 && errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
-			ncc = 0;
-		    else {
-			if (ncc <= 0) {
-			    break;
-			}
-			netip = netibuf;
-		    }
-		    DIAG((TD_REPORT | TD_NETDATA),
-			    {sprintf(nfrontp, "td: netread %d chars\r\n", ncc);
-			     nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);});
-		    DIAG(TD_NETDATA, printdata("nd", netip, ncc));
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Something to read from the pty...
-		 */
-		if (FD_ISSET(p, &ibits)) {
-#ifndef	STREAMSPTY
-			pcc = read(p, ptyibuf, BUFSIZ);
-#else
-			pcc = readstream(p, ptyibuf, BUFSIZ);
-#endif
-			/*
-			 * On some systems, if we try to read something
-			 * off the master side before the slave side is
-			 * opened, we get EIO.
-			 */
-			if (pcc < 0 && (errno == EWOULDBLOCK ||
-#ifdef	EAGAIN
-					errno == EAGAIN ||
-#endif
-					errno == EIO)) {
-				pcc = 0;
-			} else {
-				if (pcc <= 0)
-					break;
-#if	!defined(CRAY2) || !defined(UNICOS5)
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-				/*
-				 * If ioctl from pty, pass it through net
-				 */
-				if (ptyibuf[0] & TIOCPKT_IOCTL) {
-					copy_termbuf(ptyibuf+1, pcc-1);
-					localstat();
-					pcc = 1;
-				}
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-				if (ptyibuf[0] & TIOCPKT_FLUSHWRITE) {
-					netclear();	/* clear buffer back */
-#ifndef	NO_URGENT
-					/*
-					 * There are client telnets on some
-					 * operating systems get screwed up
-					 * royally if we send them urgent
-					 * mode data.
-					 */
-					*nfrontp++ = IAC;
-					*nfrontp++ = DM;
-					neturg = nfrontp-1; /* off by one XXX */
-					DIAG(TD_OPTIONS,
-					    printoption("td: send IAC", DM));
-
-#endif
-				}
-				if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_LFLOW) &&
-				    (ptyibuf[0] &
-				     (TIOCPKT_NOSTOP|TIOCPKT_DOSTOP))) {
-					int newflow =
-					    ptyibuf[0] & TIOCPKT_DOSTOP ? 1 : 0;
-					if (newflow != flowmode) {
-						flowmode = newflow;
-						(void) sprintf(nfrontp,
-							"%c%c%c%c%c%c",
-							IAC, SB, TELOPT_LFLOW,
-							flowmode ? LFLOW_ON
-								 : LFLOW_OFF,
-							IAC, SE);
-						nfrontp += 6;
-						DIAG(TD_OPTIONS, printsub('>',
-						    (unsigned char *)nfrontp-4,
-						    4););
-					}
-				}
-				pcc--;
-				ptyip = ptyibuf+1;
-#else	/* defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) */
-				if (!uselinemode) {
-					unpcc = pcc;
-					unptyip = ptyibuf;
-					pcc = term_output(&unptyip, ptyibuf2,
-								&unpcc, BUFSIZ);
-					ptyip = ptyibuf2;
-				} else
-					ptyip = ptyibuf;
-#endif	/* defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) */
-			}
-		}
-
-		while (pcc > 0) {
-			if ((&netobuf[BUFSIZ] - nfrontp) < 2)
-				break;
-			c = *ptyip++ & 0377, pcc--;
-			if (c == IAC)
-				*nfrontp++ = c;
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-			else if (c == '\n' &&
-				     my_state_is_wont(TELOPT_BINARY) && newmap)
-				*nfrontp++ = '\r';
-#endif	/* defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) */
-			*nfrontp++ = c;
-			if ((c == '\r') && (my_state_is_wont(TELOPT_BINARY))) {
-				if (pcc > 0 && ((*ptyip & 0377) == '\n')) {
-					*nfrontp++ = *ptyip++ & 0377;
-					pcc--;
-				} else
-					*nfrontp++ = '\0';
-			}
-		}
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-		/*
-		 * If chars were left over from the terminal driver,
-		 * note their existence.
-		 */
-		if (!uselinemode && unpcc) {
-			pcc = unpcc;
-			unpcc = 0;
-			ptyip = unptyip;
-		}
-#endif	/* defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) */
-
-		if (FD_ISSET(f, &obits) && (nfrontp - nbackp) > 0)
-			netflush();
-		if (ncc > 0)
-			telrcv();
-		if (FD_ISSET(p, &obits) && (pfrontp - pbackp) > 0)
-			ptyflush();
-	}
-	cleanup(0);
-}  /* end of telnet */
-
-#ifndef	TCSIG
-# ifdef	TIOCSIG
-#  define TCSIG TIOCSIG
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	STREAMSPTY
-
-int flowison = -1;  /* current state of flow: -1 is unknown */
-
-int readstream(p, ibuf, bufsize)
-	int p;
-	char *ibuf;
-	int bufsize;
-{
-	int flags = 0;
-	int ret = 0;
-	struct termios *tsp;
-	struct termio *tp;
-	struct iocblk *ip;
-	char vstop, vstart;
-	int ixon;
-	int newflow;
-
-	strbufc.maxlen = BUFSIZ;
-	strbufc.buf = (char *)ctlbuf;
-	strbufd.maxlen = bufsize-1;
-	strbufd.len = 0;
-	strbufd.buf = ibuf+1;
-	ibuf[0] = 0;
-
-	ret = getmsg(p, &strbufc, &strbufd, &flags);
-	if (ret < 0)  /* error of some sort -- probably EAGAIN */
-		return(-1);
-
-	if (strbufc.len <= 0 || ctlbuf[0] == M_DATA) {
-		/* data message */
-		if (strbufd.len > 0) {			/* real data */
-			return(strbufd.len + 1);	/* count header char */
-		} else {
-			/* nothing there */
-			errno = EAGAIN;
-			return(-1);
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * It's a control message.  Return 1, to look at the flag we set
-	 */
-
-	switch (ctlbuf[0]) {
-	case M_FLUSH:
-		if (ibuf[1] & FLUSHW)
-			ibuf[0] = TIOCPKT_FLUSHWRITE;
-		return(1);
-
-	case M_IOCTL:
-		ip = (struct iocblk *) (ibuf+1);
-
-		switch (ip->ioc_cmd) {
-		case TCSETS:
-		case TCSETSW:
-		case TCSETSF:
-			tsp = (struct termios *)
-					(ibuf+1 + sizeof(struct iocblk));
-			vstop = tsp->c_cc[VSTOP];
-			vstart = tsp->c_cc[VSTART];
-			ixon = tsp->c_iflag & IXON;
-			break;
-		case TCSETA:
-		case TCSETAW:
-		case TCSETAF:
-			tp = (struct termio *) (ibuf+1 + sizeof(struct iocblk));
-			vstop = tp->c_cc[VSTOP];
-			vstart = tp->c_cc[VSTART];
-			ixon = tp->c_iflag & IXON;
-			break;
-		default:
-			errno = EAGAIN;
-			return(-1);
-		}
-
-		newflow =  (ixon && (vstart == 021) && (vstop == 023)) ? 1 : 0;
-		if (newflow != flowison) {  /* it's a change */
-			flowison = newflow;
-			ibuf[0] = newflow ? TIOCPKT_DOSTOP : TIOCPKT_NOSTOP;
-			return(1);
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* nothing worth doing anything about */
-	errno = EAGAIN;
-	return(-1);
-}
-#endif /* STREAMSPTY */
-
-/*
- * Send interrupt to process on other side of pty.
- * If it is in raw mode, just write NULL;
- * otherwise, write intr char.
- */
-	void
-interrupt()
-{
-	ptyflush();	/* half-hearted */
-
-#if defined(STREAMSPTY) && defined(TIOCSIGNAL)
-	/* Streams PTY style ioctl to post a signal */
-	{
-		int sig = SIGINT;
-		(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCSIGNAL, &sig);
-		(void) ioctl(pty, I_FLUSH, FLUSHR);
-	}
-#else
-#ifdef	TCSIG
-	(void) ioctl(pty, TCSIG, (char *)SIGINT);
-#else	/* TCSIG */
-	init_termbuf();
-	*pfrontp++ = slctab[SLC_IP].sptr ?
-			(unsigned char)*slctab[SLC_IP].sptr : '\177';
-#endif	/* TCSIG */
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * Send quit to process on other side of pty.
- * If it is in raw mode, just write NULL;
- * otherwise, write quit char.
- */
-	void
-sendbrk()
-{
-	ptyflush();	/* half-hearted */
-#ifdef	TCSIG
-	(void) ioctl(pty, TCSIG, (char *)SIGQUIT);
-#else	/* TCSIG */
-	init_termbuf();
-	*pfrontp++ = slctab[SLC_ABORT].sptr ?
-			(unsigned char)*slctab[SLC_ABORT].sptr : '\034';
-#endif	/* TCSIG */
-}
-
-	void
-sendsusp()
-{
-#ifdef	SIGTSTP
-	ptyflush();	/* half-hearted */
-# ifdef	TCSIG
-	(void) ioctl(pty, TCSIG, (char *)SIGTSTP);
-# else	/* TCSIG */
-	*pfrontp++ = slctab[SLC_SUSP].sptr ?
-			(unsigned char)*slctab[SLC_SUSP].sptr : '\032';
-# endif	/* TCSIG */
-#endif	/* SIGTSTP */
-}
-
-/*
- * When we get an AYT, if ^T is enabled, use that.  Otherwise,
- * just send back "[Yes]".
- */
-	void
-recv_ayt()
-{
-#if	defined(SIGINFO) && defined(TCSIG)
-	if (slctab[SLC_AYT].sptr && *slctab[SLC_AYT].sptr != _POSIX_VDISABLE) {
-		(void) ioctl(pty, TCSIG, (char *)SIGINFO);
-		return;
-	}
-#endif
-	(void) strcpy(nfrontp, "\r\n[Yes]\r\n");
-	nfrontp += 9;
-}
-
-	void
-doeof()
-{
-	init_termbuf();
-
-#if	defined(LINEMODE) && defined(USE_TERMIO) && (VEOF == VMIN)
-	if (!tty_isediting()) {
-		extern char oldeofc;
-		*pfrontp++ = oldeofc;
-		return;
-	}
-#endif
-	*pfrontp++ = slctab[SLC_EOF].sptr ?
-			(unsigned char)*slctab[SLC_EOF].sptr : '\004';
-}
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.h b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 234b973..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- *	@(#)telnetd.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
- */
-
-
-#include "defs.h"
-#include "ext.h"
-
-#ifdef	DIAGNOSTICS
-#define	DIAG(a,b)	if (diagnostic & (a)) b
-#else
-#define	DIAG(a,b)
-#endif
-
-/* other external variables */
-extern	char **environ;
-extern	int errno;
-
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/termstat.c b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/termstat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 551355d..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/termstat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,673 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef lint
-static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)termstat.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/30/95";
-#endif /* not lint */
-
-#include "telnetd.h"
-
-#if	defined(ENCRYPTION)
-#include <libtelnet/encrypt.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
- * local variables
- */
-int def_tspeed = -1, def_rspeed = -1;
-#ifdef	TIOCSWINSZ
-int def_row = 0, def_col = 0;
-#endif
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-static int _terminit = 0;
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-int	newmap = 1;	/* nonzero if \n maps to ^M^J */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-/*
- * localstat
- *
- * This function handles all management of linemode.
- *
- * Linemode allows the client to do the local editing of data
- * and send only complete lines to the server.  Linemode state is
- * based on the state of the pty driver.  If the pty is set for
- * external processing, then we can use linemode.  Further, if we
- * can use real linemode, then we can look at the edit control bits
- * in the pty to determine what editing the client should do.
- *
- * Linemode support uses the following state flags to keep track of
- * current and desired linemode state.
- *	alwayslinemode : true if -l was specified on the telnetd
- * 	command line.  It means to have linemode on as much as
- *	possible.
- *
- * 	lmodetype: signifies whether the client can
- *	handle real linemode, or if use of kludgeomatic linemode
- *	is preferred.  It will be set to one of the following:
- *		REAL_LINEMODE : use linemode option
- *		NO_KLUDGE : don't initiate kludge linemode.
- *		KLUDGE_LINEMODE : use kludge linemode
- *		NO_LINEMODE : client is ignorant of linemode
- *
- *	linemode, uselinemode : linemode is true if linemode
- *	is currently on, uselinemode is the state that we wish
- *	to be in.  If another function wishes to turn linemode
- *	on or off, it sets or clears uselinemode.
- *
- *	editmode, useeditmode : like linemode/uselinemode, but
- *	these contain the edit mode states (edit and trapsig).
- *
- * The state variables correspond to some of the state information
- * in the pty.
- *	linemode:
- *		In real linemode, this corresponds to whether the pty
- *		expects external processing of incoming data.
- *		In kludge linemode, this more closely corresponds to the
- *		whether normal processing is on or not.  (ICANON in
- *		system V, or COOKED mode in BSD.)
- *		If the -l option was specified (alwayslinemode), then
- *		an attempt is made to force external processing on at
- *		all times.
- *
- * The following heuristics are applied to determine linemode
- * handling within the server.
- *	1) Early on in starting up the server, an attempt is made
- *	   to negotiate the linemode option.  If this succeeds
- *	   then lmodetype is set to REAL_LINEMODE and all linemode
- *	   processing occurs in the context of the linemode option.
- *	2) If the attempt to negotiate the linemode option failed,
- *	   and the "-k" (don't initiate kludge linemode) isn't set,
- *	   then we try to use kludge linemode.  We test for this
- *	   capability by sending "do Timing Mark".  If a positive
- *	   response comes back, then we assume that the client
- *	   understands kludge linemode (ech!) and the
- *	   lmodetype flag is set to KLUDGE_LINEMODE.
- *	3) Otherwise, linemode is not supported at all and
- *	   lmodetype remains set to NO_LINEMODE (which happens
- *	   to be 0 for convenience).
- *	4) At any time a command arrives that implies a higher
- *	   state of linemode support in the client, we move to that
- *	   linemode support.
- *
- * A short explanation of kludge linemode is in order here.
- *	1) The heuristic to determine support for kludge linemode
- *	   is to send a do timing mark.  We assume that a client
- *	   that supports timing marks also supports kludge linemode.
- *	   A risky proposition at best.
- *	2) Further negotiation of linemode is done by changing the
- *	   the server's state regarding SGA.  If server will SGA,
- *	   then linemode is off, if server won't SGA, then linemode
- *	   is on.
- */
-	void
-localstat()
-{
-	void netflush();
-	int need_will_echo = 0;
-
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-	/*
-	 * Keep track of that ol' CR/NL mapping while we're in the
-	 * neighborhood.
-	 */
-	newmap = tty_isnewmap();
-#endif	/* defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) */
-
-	/*
-	 * Check for changes to flow control if client supports it.
-	 */
-	flowstat();
-
-	/*
-	 * Check linemode on/off state
-	 */
-	uselinemode = tty_linemode();
-
-	/*
-	 * If alwayslinemode is on, and pty is changing to turn it off, then
-	 * force linemode back on.
-	 */
-	if (alwayslinemode && linemode && !uselinemode) {
-		uselinemode = 1;
-		tty_setlinemode(uselinemode);
-	}
-
-	if (uselinemode) {
-		/*
-		 * Check for state of BINARY options.
-		 *
-		 * We only need to do the binary dance if we are actually going
-		 * to use linemode.  As this confuses some telnet clients
-		 * that don't support linemode, and doesn't gain us
-		 * anything, we don't do it unless we're doing linemode.
-		 * -Crh (henrich@msu.edu)
-		 */
-
-		if (tty_isbinaryin()) {
-			if (his_want_state_is_wont(TELOPT_BINARY))
-				send_do(TELOPT_BINARY, 1);
-		} else {
-			if (his_want_state_is_will(TELOPT_BINARY))
-				send_dont(TELOPT_BINARY, 1);
-		}
-
-		if (tty_isbinaryout()) {
-			if (my_want_state_is_wont(TELOPT_BINARY))
-				send_will(TELOPT_BINARY, 1);
-		} else {
-			if (my_want_state_is_will(TELOPT_BINARY))
-				send_wont(TELOPT_BINARY, 1);
-		}
-	}
-
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-	/*
-	 * If the terminal is not echoing, but editing is enabled,
-	 * something like password input is going to happen, so
-	 * if we the other side is not currently sending encrypted
-	 * data, ask the other side to start encrypting.
-	 */
-	if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_ENCRYPT)) {
-		static int enc_passwd = 0;
-		if (uselinemode && !tty_isecho() && tty_isediting()
-		    && (enc_passwd == 0) && !decrypt_input) {
-			encrypt_send_request_start();
-			enc_passwd = 1;
-		} else if (enc_passwd) {
-			encrypt_send_request_end();
-			enc_passwd = 0;
-		}
-	}
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-
-	/*
-	 * Do echo mode handling as soon as we know what the
-	 * linemode is going to be.
-	 * If the pty has echo turned off, then tell the client that
-	 * the server will echo.  If echo is on, then the server
-	 * will echo if in character mode, but in linemode the
-	 * client should do local echoing.  The state machine will
-	 * not send anything if it is unnecessary, so don't worry
-	 * about that here.
-	 *
-	 * If we need to send the WILL ECHO (because echo is off),
-	 * then delay that until after we have changed the MODE.
-	 * This way, when the user is turning off both editing
-	 * and echo, the client will get editing turned off first.
-	 * This keeps the client from going into encryption mode
-	 * and then right back out if it is doing auto-encryption
-	 * when passwords are being typed.
-	 */
-	if (uselinemode) {
-		if (tty_isecho())
-			send_wont(TELOPT_ECHO, 1);
-		else
-			need_will_echo = 1;
-#ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-		if (lmodetype == KLUDGE_OK)
-			lmodetype = KLUDGE_LINEMODE;
-#endif
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If linemode is being turned off, send appropriate
-	 * command and then we're all done.
-	 */
-	 if (!uselinemode && linemode) {
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-		if (lmodetype == REAL_LINEMODE) {
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-			send_dont(TELOPT_LINEMODE, 1);
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-		} else if (lmodetype == KLUDGE_LINEMODE)
-			send_will(TELOPT_SGA, 1);
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-		send_will(TELOPT_ECHO, 1);
-		linemode = uselinemode;
-		goto done;
-	}
-
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-	/*
-	 * If using real linemode check edit modes for possible later use.
-	 * If we are in kludge linemode, do the SGA negotiation.
-	 */
-	if (lmodetype == REAL_LINEMODE) {
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-		useeditmode = 0;
-		if (tty_isediting())
-			useeditmode |= MODE_EDIT;
-		if (tty_istrapsig())
-			useeditmode |= MODE_TRAPSIG;
-		if (tty_issofttab())
-			useeditmode |= MODE_SOFT_TAB;
-		if (tty_islitecho())
-			useeditmode |= MODE_LIT_ECHO;
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-	} else if (lmodetype == KLUDGE_LINEMODE) {
-		if (tty_isediting() && uselinemode)
-			send_wont(TELOPT_SGA, 1);
-		else
-			send_will(TELOPT_SGA, 1);
-	}
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-
-	/*
-	 * Negotiate linemode on if pty state has changed to turn it on.
-	 * Send appropriate command and send along edit mode, then all done.
-	 */
-	if (uselinemode && !linemode) {
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-		if (lmodetype == KLUDGE_LINEMODE) {
-			send_wont(TELOPT_SGA, 1);
-		} else if (lmodetype == REAL_LINEMODE) {
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-			send_do(TELOPT_LINEMODE, 1);
-			/* send along edit modes */
-			(void) sprintf(nfrontp, "%c%c%c%c%c%c%c", IAC, SB,
-				TELOPT_LINEMODE, LM_MODE, useeditmode,
-				IAC, SE);
-			nfrontp += 7;
-			editmode = useeditmode;
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-		}
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-		linemode = uselinemode;
-		goto done;
-	}
-
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-	/*
-	 * None of what follows is of any value if not using
-	 * real linemode.
-	 */
-	if (lmodetype < REAL_LINEMODE)
-		goto done;
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-
-	if (linemode && his_state_is_will(TELOPT_LINEMODE)) {
-		/*
-		 * If edit mode changed, send edit mode.
-		 */
-		 if (useeditmode != editmode) {
-			/*
-			 * Send along appropriate edit mode mask.
-			 */
-			(void) sprintf(nfrontp, "%c%c%c%c%c%c%c", IAC, SB,
-				TELOPT_LINEMODE, LM_MODE, useeditmode,
-				IAC, SE);
-			nfrontp += 7;
-			editmode = useeditmode;
-		}
-
-
-		/*
-		 * Check for changes to special characters in use.
-		 */
-		start_slc(0);
-		check_slc();
-		(void) end_slc(0);
-	}
-
-done:
-	if (need_will_echo)
-		send_will(TELOPT_ECHO, 1);
-	/*
-	 * Some things should be deferred until after the pty state has
-	 * been set by the local process.  Do those things that have been
-	 * deferred now.  This only happens once.
-	 */
-	if (_terminit == 0) {
-		_terminit = 1;
-		defer_terminit();
-	}
-
-	netflush();
-	set_termbuf();
-	return;
-
-}  /* end of localstat */
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-/*
- * flowstat
- *
- * Check for changes to flow control
- */
-	void
-flowstat()
-{
-	if (his_state_is_will(TELOPT_LFLOW)) {
-		if (tty_flowmode() != flowmode) {
-			flowmode = tty_flowmode();
-			(void) sprintf(nfrontp, "%c%c%c%c%c%c",
-					IAC, SB, TELOPT_LFLOW,
-					flowmode ? LFLOW_ON : LFLOW_OFF,
-					IAC, SE);
-			nfrontp += 6;
-		}
-		if (tty_restartany() != restartany) {
-			restartany = tty_restartany();
-			(void) sprintf(nfrontp, "%c%c%c%c%c%c",
-					IAC, SB, TELOPT_LFLOW,
-					restartany ? LFLOW_RESTART_ANY
-						   : LFLOW_RESTART_XON,
-					IAC, SE);
-			nfrontp += 6;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- * clientstat
- *
- * Process linemode related requests from the client.
- * Client can request a change to only one of linemode, editmode or slc's
- * at a time, and if using kludge linemode, then only linemode may be
- * affected.
- */
-	void
-clientstat(code, parm1, parm2)
-	register int code, parm1, parm2;
-{
-	void netflush();
-
-	/*
-	 * Get a copy of terminal characteristics.
-	 */
-	init_termbuf();
-
-	/*
-	 * Process request from client. code tells what it is.
-	 */
-	switch (code) {
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-	case TELOPT_LINEMODE:
-		/*
-		 * Don't do anything unless client is asking us to change
-		 * modes.
-		 */
-		uselinemode = (parm1 == WILL);
-		if (uselinemode != linemode) {
-# ifdef	KLUDGELINEMODE
-			/*
-			 * If using kludge linemode, make sure that
-			 * we can do what the client asks.
-			 * We can not turn off linemode if alwayslinemode
-			 * and the ICANON bit is set.
-			 */
-			if (lmodetype == KLUDGE_LINEMODE) {
-				if (alwayslinemode && tty_isediting()) {
-					uselinemode = 1;
-				}
-			}
-
-			/*
-			 * Quit now if we can't do it.
-			 */
-			if (uselinemode == linemode)
-				return;
-
-			/*
-			 * If using real linemode and linemode is being
-			 * turned on, send along the edit mode mask.
-			 */
-			if (lmodetype == REAL_LINEMODE && uselinemode)
-# else	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-			if (uselinemode)
-# endif	/* KLUDGELINEMODE */
-			{
-				useeditmode = 0;
-				if (tty_isediting())
-					useeditmode |= MODE_EDIT;
-				if (tty_istrapsig)
-					useeditmode |= MODE_TRAPSIG;
-				if (tty_issofttab())
-					useeditmode |= MODE_SOFT_TAB;
-				if (tty_islitecho())
-					useeditmode |= MODE_LIT_ECHO;
-				(void) sprintf(nfrontp, "%c%c%c%c%c%c%c", IAC,
-					SB, TELOPT_LINEMODE, LM_MODE,
-							useeditmode, IAC, SE);
-				nfrontp += 7;
-				editmode = useeditmode;
-			}
-
-
-			tty_setlinemode(uselinemode);
-
-			linemode = uselinemode;
-
-			if (!linemode)
-				send_will(TELOPT_ECHO, 1);
-		}
-		break;
-
-	case LM_MODE:
-	    {
-		register int ack, changed;
-
-		/*
-		 * Client has sent along a mode mask.  If it agrees with
-		 * what we are currently doing, ignore it; if not, it could
-		 * be viewed as a request to change.  Note that the server
-		 * will change to the modes in an ack if it is different from
-		 * what we currently have, but we will not ack the ack.
-		 */
-		 useeditmode &= MODE_MASK;
-		 ack = (useeditmode & MODE_ACK);
-		 useeditmode &= ~MODE_ACK;
-
-		 if ((changed = (useeditmode ^ editmode))) {
-			/*
-			 * This check is for a timing problem.  If the
-			 * state of the tty has changed (due to the user
-			 * application) we need to process that info
-			 * before we write in the state contained in the
-			 * ack!!!  This gets out the new MODE request,
-			 * and when the ack to that command comes back
-			 * we'll set it and be in the right mode.
-			 */
-			if (ack)
-				localstat();
-			if (changed & MODE_EDIT)
-				tty_setedit(useeditmode & MODE_EDIT);
-
-			if (changed & MODE_TRAPSIG)
-				tty_setsig(useeditmode & MODE_TRAPSIG);
-
-			if (changed & MODE_SOFT_TAB)
-				tty_setsofttab(useeditmode & MODE_SOFT_TAB);
-
-			if (changed & MODE_LIT_ECHO)
-				tty_setlitecho(useeditmode & MODE_LIT_ECHO);
-
-			set_termbuf();
-
- 			if (!ack) {
- 				(void) sprintf(nfrontp, "%c%c%c%c%c%c%c", IAC,
-					SB, TELOPT_LINEMODE, LM_MODE,
- 					useeditmode|MODE_ACK,
- 					IAC, SE);
- 				nfrontp += 7;
- 			}
-
-			editmode = useeditmode;
-		}
-
-		break;
-
-	    }  /* end of case LM_MODE */
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-	case TELOPT_NAWS:
-#ifdef	TIOCSWINSZ
-	    {
-		struct winsize ws;
-
-		def_col = parm1;
-		def_row = parm2;
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-		/*
-		 * Defer changing window size until after terminal is
-		 * initialized.
-		 */
-		if (terminit() == 0)
-			return;
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-
-		/*
-		 * Change window size as requested by client.
-		 */
-
-		ws.ws_col = parm1;
-		ws.ws_row = parm2;
-		(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCSWINSZ, (char *)&ws);
-	    }
-#endif	/* TIOCSWINSZ */
-
-		break;
-
-	case TELOPT_TSPEED:
-	    {
-		def_tspeed = parm1;
-		def_rspeed = parm2;
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-		/*
-		 * Defer changing the terminal speed.
-		 */
-		if (terminit() == 0)
-			return;
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
-		/*
-		 * Change terminal speed as requested by client.
-		 * We set the receive speed first, so that if we can't
-		 * store seperate receive and transmit speeds, the transmit
-		 * speed will take precedence.
-		 */
-		tty_rspeed(parm2);
-		tty_tspeed(parm1);
-		set_termbuf();
-
-		break;
-
-	    }  /* end of case TELOPT_TSPEED */
-
-	default:
-		/* What? */
-		break;
-	}  /* end of switch */
-
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-	/*
-	 * Just in case of the likely event that we changed the pty state.
-	 */
-	rcv_ioctl();
-#endif	/* defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) */
-
-	netflush();
-
-}  /* end of clientstat */
-
-#if	defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5)
-	void
-termstat()
-{
-	needtermstat = 1;
-}
-
-	void
-_termstat()
-{
-	needtermstat = 0;
-	init_termbuf();
-	localstat();
-	rcv_ioctl();
-}
-#endif	/* defined(CRAY2) && defined(UNICOS5) */
-
-#ifdef	LINEMODE
-/*
- * defer_terminit
- *
- * Some things should not be done until after the login process has started
- * and all the pty modes are set to what they are supposed to be.  This
- * function is called when the pty state has been processed for the first time.
- * It calls other functions that do things that were deferred in each module.
- */
-	void
-defer_terminit()
-{
-
-	/*
-	 * local stuff that got deferred.
-	 */
-	if (def_tspeed != -1) {
-		clientstat(TELOPT_TSPEED, def_tspeed, def_rspeed);
-		def_tspeed = def_rspeed = 0;
-	}
-
-#ifdef	TIOCSWINSZ
-	if (def_col || def_row) {
-		struct winsize ws;
-
-		memset((char *)&ws, 0, sizeof(ws));
-		ws.ws_col = def_col;
-		ws.ws_row = def_row;
-		(void) ioctl(pty, TIOCSWINSZ, (char *)&ws);
-	}
-#endif
-
-	/*
-	 * The only other module that currently defers anything.
-	 */
-	deferslc();
-
-}  /* end of defer_terminit */
-
-/*
- * terminit
- *
- * Returns true if the pty state has been processed yet.
- */
-	int
-terminit()
-{
-	return(_terminit);
-
-}  /* end of terminit */
-#endif	/* LINEMODE */
diff --git a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/utility.c b/eBones/libexec/telnetd/utility.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b432fb2..0000000
--- a/eBones/libexec/telnetd/utility.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1209 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
- *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- *    must display the following acknowledgement:
- *	This product includes software developed by the University of
- *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
- * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- *    without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
- * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
- * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
- * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
- * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef lint
-static const char sccsid[] = "@(#)utility.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/30/95";
-#endif /* not lint */
-
-#ifdef __FreeBSD__
-#include <locale.h>
-#endif
-#define PRINTOPTIONS
-#include "telnetd.h"
-
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-#include <libtelnet/auth.h>
-#endif
-#if	defined(ENCRYPTION)
-#include <libtelnet/encrypt.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
- * utility functions performing io related tasks
- */
-
-/*
- * ttloop
- *
- *	A small subroutine to flush the network output buffer, get some data
- * from the network, and pass it through the telnet state machine.  We
- * also flush the pty input buffer (by dropping its data) if it becomes
- * too full.
- */
-
-    void
-ttloop()
-{
-    void netflush();
-
-    DIAG(TD_REPORT, {sprintf(nfrontp, "td: ttloop\r\n");
-		     nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);});
-    if (nfrontp-nbackp) {
-	netflush();
-    }
-    ncc = read(net, netibuf, sizeof netibuf);
-    if (ncc < 0) {
-	syslog(LOG_INFO, "ttloop:  read: %m\n");
-	exit(1);
-    } else if (ncc == 0) {
-	syslog(LOG_INFO, "ttloop:  peer died: %m\n");
-	exit(1);
-    }
-    DIAG(TD_REPORT, {sprintf(nfrontp, "td: ttloop read %d chars\r\n", ncc);
-		     nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);});
-    netip = netibuf;
-    telrcv();			/* state machine */
-    if (ncc > 0) {
-	pfrontp = pbackp = ptyobuf;
-	telrcv();
-    }
-}  /* end of ttloop */
-
-/*
- * Check a descriptor to see if out of band data exists on it.
- */
-    int
-stilloob(s)
-    int	s;		/* socket number */
-{
-    static struct timeval timeout = { 0 };
-    fd_set	excepts;
-    int value;
-
-    do {
-	FD_ZERO(&excepts);
-	FD_SET(s, &excepts);
-	memset((char *)&timeout, 0, sizeof timeout);
-	value = select(s+1, (fd_set *)0, (fd_set *)0, &excepts, &timeout);
-    } while ((value == -1) && (errno == EINTR));
-
-    if (value < 0) {
-	fatalperror(pty, "select");
-    }
-    if (FD_ISSET(s, &excepts)) {
-	return 1;
-    } else {
-	return 0;
-    }
-}
-
-	void
-ptyflush()
-{
-	int n;
-
-	if ((n = pfrontp - pbackp) > 0) {
-		DIAG((TD_REPORT | TD_PTYDATA),
-			{ sprintf(nfrontp, "td: ptyflush %d chars\r\n", n);
-			  nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp); });
-		DIAG(TD_PTYDATA, printdata("pd", pbackp, n));
-		n = write(pty, pbackp, n);
-	}
-	if (n < 0) {
-		if (errno == EWOULDBLOCK || errno == EINTR)
-			return;
-		cleanup(0);
-	}
-	pbackp += n;
-	if (pbackp == pfrontp)
-		pbackp = pfrontp = ptyobuf;
-}
-
-/*
- * nextitem()
- *
- *	Return the address of the next "item" in the TELNET data
- * stream.  This will be the address of the next character if
- * the current address is a user data character, or it will
- * be the address of the character following the TELNET command
- * if the current address is a TELNET IAC ("I Am a Command")
- * character.
- */
-    char *
-nextitem(current)
-    char	*current;
-{
-    if ((*current&0xff) != IAC) {
-	return current+1;
-    }
-    switch (*(current+1)&0xff) {
-    case DO:
-    case DONT:
-    case WILL:
-    case WONT:
-	return current+3;
-    case SB:		/* loop forever looking for the SE */
-	{
-	    register char *look = current+2;
-
-	    for (;;) {
-		if ((*look++&0xff) == IAC) {
-		    if ((*look++&0xff) == SE) {
-			return look;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    default:
-	return current+2;
-    }
-}  /* end of nextitem */
-
-
-/*
- * netclear()
- *
- *	We are about to do a TELNET SYNCH operation.  Clear
- * the path to the network.
- *
- *	Things are a bit tricky since we may have sent the first
- * byte or so of a previous TELNET command into the network.
- * So, we have to scan the network buffer from the beginning
- * until we are up to where we want to be.
- *
- *	A side effect of what we do, just to keep things
- * simple, is to clear the urgent data pointer.  The principal
- * caller should be setting the urgent data pointer AFTER calling
- * us in any case.
- */
-    void
-netclear()
-{
-    register char *thisitem, *next;
-    char *good;
-#define	wewant(p)	((nfrontp > p) && ((*p&0xff) == IAC) && \
-				((*(p+1)&0xff) != EC) && ((*(p+1)&0xff) != EL))
-
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-    thisitem = nclearto > netobuf ? nclearto : netobuf;
-#else	/* ENCRYPTION */
-    thisitem = netobuf;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-
-    while ((next = nextitem(thisitem)) <= nbackp) {
-	thisitem = next;
-    }
-
-    /* Now, thisitem is first before/at boundary. */
-
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-    good = nclearto > netobuf ? nclearto : netobuf;
-#else	/* ENCRYPTION */
-    good = netobuf;	/* where the good bytes go */
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-
-    while (nfrontp > thisitem) {
-	if (wewant(thisitem)) {
-	    int length;
-
-	    next = thisitem;
-	    do {
-		next = nextitem(next);
-	    } while (wewant(next) && (nfrontp > next));
-	    length = next-thisitem;
-	    memmove(good, thisitem, length);
-	    good += length;
-	    thisitem = next;
-	} else {
-	    thisitem = nextitem(thisitem);
-	}
-    }
-
-    nbackp = netobuf;
-    nfrontp = good;		/* next byte to be sent */
-    neturg = 0;
-}  /* end of netclear */
-
-/*
- *  netflush
- *		Send as much data as possible to the network,
- *	handling requests for urgent data.
- */
-    void
-netflush()
-{
-    int n;
-    extern int not42;
-
-    if ((n = nfrontp - nbackp) > 0) {
-	DIAG(TD_REPORT,
-	    { sprintf(nfrontp, "td: netflush %d chars\r\n", n);
-	      n += strlen(nfrontp);  /* get count first */
-	      nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);  /* then move pointer */
-	    });
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-	if (encrypt_output) {
-		char *s = nclearto ? nclearto : nbackp;
-		if (nfrontp - s > 0) {
-			(*encrypt_output)((unsigned char *)s, nfrontp-s);
-			nclearto = nfrontp;
-		}
-	}
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-	/*
-	 * if no urgent data, or if the other side appears to be an
-	 * old 4.2 client (and thus unable to survive TCP urgent data),
-	 * write the entire buffer in non-OOB mode.
-	 */
-	if ((neturg == 0) || (not42 == 0)) {
-	    n = write(net, nbackp, n);	/* normal write */
-	} else {
-	    n = neturg - nbackp;
-	    /*
-	     * In 4.2 (and 4.3) systems, there is some question about
-	     * what byte in a sendOOB operation is the "OOB" data.
-	     * To make ourselves compatible, we only send ONE byte
-	     * out of band, the one WE THINK should be OOB (though
-	     * we really have more the TCP philosophy of urgent data
-	     * rather than the Unix philosophy of OOB data).
-	     */
-	    if (n > 1) {
-		n = send(net, nbackp, n-1, 0);	/* send URGENT all by itself */
-	    } else {
-		n = send(net, nbackp, n, MSG_OOB);	/* URGENT data */
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    if (n < 0) {
-	if (errno == EWOULDBLOCK || errno == EINTR)
-		return;
-	cleanup(0);
-    }
-    nbackp += n;
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-    if (nbackp > nclearto)
-	nclearto = 0;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-    if (nbackp >= neturg) {
-	neturg = 0;
-    }
-    if (nbackp == nfrontp) {
-	nbackp = nfrontp = netobuf;
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-	nclearto = 0;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-    }
-    return;
-}  /* end of netflush */
-
-
-/*
- * writenet
- *
- * Just a handy little function to write a bit of raw data to the net.
- * It will force a transmit of the buffer if necessary
- *
- * arguments
- *    ptr - A pointer to a character string to write
- *    len - How many bytes to write
- */
-	void
-writenet(ptr, len)
-	register unsigned char *ptr;
-	register int len;
-{
-	/* flush buffer if no room for new data) */
-	if ((&netobuf[BUFSIZ] - nfrontp) < len) {
-		/* if this fails, don't worry, buffer is a little big */
-		netflush();
-	}
-
-	memmove(nfrontp, ptr, len);
-	nfrontp += len;
-
-}  /* end of writenet */
-
-
-/*
- * miscellaneous functions doing a variety of little jobs follow ...
- */
-
-
-	void
-fatal(f, msg)
-	int f;
-	char *msg;
-{
-	char buf[BUFSIZ];
-
-	(void) sprintf(buf, "telnetd: %s.\r\n", msg);
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-	if (encrypt_output) {
-		/*
-		 * Better turn off encryption first....
-		 * Hope it flushes...
-		 */
-		encrypt_send_end();
-		netflush();
-	}
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-	(void) write(f, buf, (int)strlen(buf));
-	sleep(1);	/*XXX*/
-	exit(1);
-}
-
-	void
-fatalperror(f, msg)
-	int f;
-	char *msg;
-{
-	char buf[BUFSIZ], *strerror();
-
-	(void) sprintf(buf, "%s: %s", msg, strerror(errno));
-	fatal(f, buf);
-}
-
-char editedhost[32];
-
-	void
-edithost(pat, host)
-	register char *pat;
-	register char *host;
-{
-	register char *res = editedhost;
-	char *strncpy();
-
-	if (!pat)
-		pat = "";
-	while (*pat) {
-		switch (*pat) {
-
-		case '#':
-			if (*host)
-				host++;
-			break;
-
-		case '@':
-			if (*host)
-				*res++ = *host++;
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			*res++ = *pat;
-			break;
-		}
-		if (res == &editedhost[sizeof editedhost - 1]) {
-			*res = '\0';
-			return;
-		}
-		pat++;
-	}
-	if (*host)
-		(void) strncpy(res, host,
-				sizeof editedhost - (res - editedhost) -1);
-	else
-		*res = '\0';
-	editedhost[sizeof editedhost - 1] = '\0';
-}
-
-static char *putlocation;
-
-	void
-putstr(s)
-	register char *s;
-{
-
-	while (*s)
-		putchr(*s++);
-}
-
-	void
-putchr(cc)
-	int cc;
-{
-	*putlocation++ = cc;
-}
-
-#ifdef __FreeBSD__
-static char fmtstr[] = { "%+" };
-#else
-/*
- * This is split on two lines so that SCCS will not see the M
- * between two % signs and expand it...
- */
-static char fmtstr[] = { "%l:%M\
-%P on %A, %d %B %Y" };
-#endif
-
-	void
-putf(cp, where)
-	register char *cp;
-	char *where;
-{
-	char *slash;
-	time_t t;
-	char db[100];
-#ifdef	STREAMSPTY
-	extern char *strchr();
-#else
-	extern char *strrchr();
-#endif
-
-	putlocation = where;
-
-	while (*cp) {
-		if (*cp != '%') {
-			putchr(*cp++);
-			continue;
-		}
-		switch (*++cp) {
-
-		case 't':
-#ifdef	STREAMSPTY
-			/* names are like /dev/pts/2 -- we want pts/2 */
-			slash = strchr(line+1, '/');
-#else
-			slash = strrchr(line, '/');
-#endif
-			if (slash == (char *) 0)
-				putstr(line);
-			else
-				putstr(&slash[1]);
-			break;
-
-		case 'h':
-			putstr(editedhost);
-			break;
-
-		case 'd':
-#ifdef __FreeBSD__
-			setlocale(LC_TIME, "");
-#endif
-			(void)time(&t);
-			(void)strftime(db, sizeof(db), fmtstr, localtime(&t));
-			putstr(db);
-			break;
-
-		case '%':
-			putchr('%');
-			break;
-		}
-		cp++;
-	}
-}
-
-#ifdef DIAGNOSTICS
-/*
- * Print telnet options and commands in plain text, if possible.
- */
-	void
-printoption(fmt, option)
-	register char *fmt;
-	register int option;
-{
-	if (TELOPT_OK(option))
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "%s %s\r\n", fmt, TELOPT(option));
-	else if (TELCMD_OK(option))
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "%s %s\r\n", fmt, TELCMD(option));
-	else
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "%s %d\r\n", fmt, option);
-	nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	return;
-}
-
-    void
-printsub(direction, pointer, length)
-    char		direction;	/* '<' or '>' */
-    unsigned char	*pointer;	/* where suboption data sits */
-    int			length;		/* length of suboption data */
-{
-    register int i;
-    char buf[512];
-
-        if (!(diagnostic & TD_OPTIONS))
-		return;
-
-	if (direction) {
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "td: %s suboption ",
-					direction == '<' ? "recv" : "send");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    if (length >= 3) {
-		register int j;
-
-		i = pointer[length-2];
-		j = pointer[length-1];
-
-		if (i != IAC || j != SE) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "(terminated by ");
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    if (TELOPT_OK(i))
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%s ", TELOPT(i));
-		    else if (TELCMD_OK(i))
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%s ", TELCMD(i));
-		    else
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%d ", i);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    if (TELOPT_OK(j))
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%s", TELOPT(j));
-		    else if (TELCMD_OK(j))
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%s", TELCMD(j));
-		    else
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%d", j);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, ", not IAC SE!) ");
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		}
-	    }
-	    length -= 2;
-	}
-	if (length < 1) {
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "(Empty suboption??\?)");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    return;
-	}
-	switch (pointer[0]) {
-	case TELOPT_TTYPE:
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "TERMINAL-TYPE ");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    switch (pointer[1]) {
-	    case TELQUAL_IS:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "IS \"%.*s\"", length-2, (char *)pointer+2);
-		break;
-	    case TELQUAL_SEND:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "SEND");
-		break;
-	    default:
-		sprintf(nfrontp,
-				"- unknown qualifier %d (0x%x).",
-				pointer[1], pointer[1]);
-	    }
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    break;
-	case TELOPT_TSPEED:
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "TERMINAL-SPEED");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    if (length < 2) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " (empty suboption??\?)");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    switch (pointer[1]) {
-	    case TELQUAL_IS:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " IS %.*s", length-2, (char *)pointer+2);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-	    default:
-		if (pointer[1] == 1)
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " SEND");
-		else
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " %d (unknown)", pointer[1]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		for (i = 2; i < length; i++) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " ?%d?", pointer[i]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		}
-		break;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TELOPT_LFLOW:
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "TOGGLE-FLOW-CONTROL");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    if (length < 2) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " (empty suboption??\?)");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    switch (pointer[1]) {
-	    case LFLOW_OFF:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " OFF"); break;
-	    case LFLOW_ON:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " ON"); break;
-	    case LFLOW_RESTART_ANY:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " RESTART-ANY"); break;
-	    case LFLOW_RESTART_XON:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " RESTART-XON"); break;
-	    default:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " %d (unknown)", pointer[1]);
-	    }
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    for (i = 2; i < length; i++) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " ?%d?", pointer[i]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TELOPT_NAWS:
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "NAWS");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    if (length < 2) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " (empty suboption??\?)");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    if (length == 2) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " ?%d?", pointer[1]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, " %d %d (%d)",
-		pointer[1], pointer[2],
-		(int)((((unsigned int)pointer[1])<<8)|((unsigned int)pointer[2])));
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    if (length == 4) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " ?%d?", pointer[3]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, " %d %d (%d)",
-		pointer[3], pointer[4],
-		(int)((((unsigned int)pointer[3])<<8)|((unsigned int)pointer[4])));
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    for (i = 5; i < length; i++) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " ?%d?", pointer[i]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TELOPT_LINEMODE:
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "LINEMODE ");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    if (length < 2) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " (empty suboption??\?)");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    switch (pointer[1]) {
-	    case WILL:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "WILL ");
-		goto common;
-	    case WONT:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "WONT ");
-		goto common;
-	    case DO:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "DO ");
-		goto common;
-	    case DONT:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "DONT ");
-	    common:
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		if (length < 3) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "(no option??\?)");
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    break;
-		}
-		switch (pointer[2]) {
-		case LM_FORWARDMASK:
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "Forward Mask");
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    for (i = 3; i < length; i++) {
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " %x", pointer[i]);
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    }
-		    break;
-		default:
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "%d (unknown)", pointer[2]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    for (i = 3; i < length; i++) {
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " %d", pointer[i]);
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    }
-		    break;
-		}
-		break;
-
-	    case LM_SLC:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "SLC");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		for (i = 2; i < length - 2; i += 3) {
-		    if (SLC_NAME_OK(pointer[i+SLC_FUNC]))
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " %s", SLC_NAME(pointer[i+SLC_FUNC]));
-		    else
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " %d", pointer[i+SLC_FUNC]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    switch (pointer[i+SLC_FLAGS]&SLC_LEVELBITS) {
-		    case SLC_NOSUPPORT:
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " NOSUPPORT"); break;
-		    case SLC_CANTCHANGE:
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " CANTCHANGE"); break;
-		    case SLC_VARIABLE:
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " VARIABLE"); break;
-		    case SLC_DEFAULT:
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " DEFAULT"); break;
-		    }
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "%s%s%s",
-			pointer[i+SLC_FLAGS]&SLC_ACK ? "|ACK" : "",
-			pointer[i+SLC_FLAGS]&SLC_FLUSHIN ? "|FLUSHIN" : "",
-			pointer[i+SLC_FLAGS]&SLC_FLUSHOUT ? "|FLUSHOUT" : "");
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    if (pointer[i+SLC_FLAGS]& ~(SLC_ACK|SLC_FLUSHIN|
-						SLC_FLUSHOUT| SLC_LEVELBITS)) {
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "(0x%x)", pointer[i+SLC_FLAGS]);
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    }
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " %d;", pointer[i+SLC_VALUE]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    if ((pointer[i+SLC_VALUE] == IAC) &&
-			(pointer[i+SLC_VALUE+1] == IAC))
-				i++;
-		}
-		for (; i < length; i++) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " ?%d?", pointer[i]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		}
-		break;
-
-	    case LM_MODE:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "MODE ");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		if (length < 3) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "(no mode??\?)");
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    break;
-		}
-		{
-		    char tbuf[32];
-		    sprintf(tbuf, "%s%s%s%s%s",
-			pointer[2]&MODE_EDIT ? "|EDIT" : "",
-			pointer[2]&MODE_TRAPSIG ? "|TRAPSIG" : "",
-			pointer[2]&MODE_SOFT_TAB ? "|SOFT_TAB" : "",
-			pointer[2]&MODE_LIT_ECHO ? "|LIT_ECHO" : "",
-			pointer[2]&MODE_ACK ? "|ACK" : "");
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "%s", tbuf[1] ? &tbuf[1] : "0");
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		}
-		if (pointer[2]&~(MODE_EDIT|MODE_TRAPSIG|MODE_ACK)) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " (0x%x)", pointer[2]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		}
-		for (i = 3; i < length; i++) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " ?0x%x?", pointer[i]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		}
-		break;
-	    default:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "%d (unknown)", pointer[1]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		for (i = 2; i < length; i++) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " %d", pointer[i]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TELOPT_STATUS: {
-	    register char *cp;
-	    register int j, k;
-
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "STATUS");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-
-	    switch (pointer[1]) {
-	    default:
-		if (pointer[1] == TELQUAL_SEND)
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " SEND");
-		else
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " %d (unknown)", pointer[1]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		for (i = 2; i < length; i++) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " ?%d?", pointer[i]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		}
-		break;
-	    case TELQUAL_IS:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " IS\r\n");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-
-		for (i = 2; i < length; i++) {
-		    switch(pointer[i]) {
-		    case DO:	cp = "DO"; goto common2;
-		    case DONT:	cp = "DONT"; goto common2;
-		    case WILL:	cp = "WILL"; goto common2;
-		    case WONT:	cp = "WONT"; goto common2;
-		    common2:
-			i++;
-			if (TELOPT_OK(pointer[i]))
-			    sprintf(nfrontp, " %s %s", cp, TELOPT(pointer[i]));
-			else
-			    sprintf(nfrontp, " %s %d", cp, pointer[i]);
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "\r\n");
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-			break;
-
-		    case SB:
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " SB ");
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-			i++;
-			j = k = i;
-			while (j < length) {
-			    if (pointer[j] == SE) {
-				if (j+1 == length)
-				    break;
-				if (pointer[j+1] == SE)
-				    j++;
-				else
-				    break;
-			    }
-			    pointer[k++] = pointer[j++];
-			}
-			printsub(0, &pointer[i], k - i);
-			if (i < length) {
-			    sprintf(nfrontp, " SE");
-			    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-			    i = j;
-			} else
-			    i = j - 1;
-
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "\r\n");
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-
-			break;
-
-		    default:
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " %d", pointer[i]);
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-			break;
-		    }
-		}
-		break;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	  }
-
-	case TELOPT_XDISPLOC:
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "X-DISPLAY-LOCATION ");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    switch (pointer[1]) {
-	    case TELQUAL_IS:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "IS \"%.*s\"", length-2, (char *)pointer+2);
-		break;
-	    case TELQUAL_SEND:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "SEND");
-		break;
-	    default:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "- unknown qualifier %d (0x%x).",
-				pointer[1], pointer[1]);
-	    }
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    break;
-
-	case TELOPT_NEW_ENVIRON:
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "NEW-ENVIRON ");
-	    goto env_common1;
-	case TELOPT_OLD_ENVIRON:
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "OLD-ENVIRON");
-	env_common1:
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    switch (pointer[1]) {
-	    case TELQUAL_IS:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "IS ");
-		goto env_common;
-	    case TELQUAL_SEND:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "SEND ");
-		goto env_common;
-	    case TELQUAL_INFO:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "INFO ");
-	    env_common:
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		{
-		    register int noquote = 2;
-		    for (i = 2; i < length; i++ ) {
-			switch (pointer[i]) {
-			case NEW_ENV_VAR:
-			    sprintf(nfrontp, "\" VAR " + noquote);
-			    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-			    noquote = 2;
-			    break;
-
-			case NEW_ENV_VALUE:
-			    sprintf(nfrontp, "\" VALUE " + noquote);
-			    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-			    noquote = 2;
-			    break;
-
-			case ENV_ESC:
-			    sprintf(nfrontp, "\" ESC " + noquote);
-			    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-			    noquote = 2;
-			    break;
-
-			case ENV_USERVAR:
-			    sprintf(nfrontp, "\" USERVAR " + noquote);
-			    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-			    noquote = 2;
-			    break;
-
-			default:
-			    if (isprint(pointer[i]) && pointer[i] != '"') {
-				if (noquote) {
-				    *nfrontp++ = '"';
-				    noquote = 0;
-				}
-				*nfrontp++ = pointer[i];
-			    } else {
-				sprintf(nfrontp, "\" %03o " + noquote,
-							pointer[i]);
-				nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-				noquote = 2;
-			    }
-			    break;
-			}
-		    }
-		    if (!noquote)
-			*nfrontp++ = '"';
-		    break;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-#if	defined(AUTHENTICATION)
-	case TELOPT_AUTHENTICATION:
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "AUTHENTICATION");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-
-	    if (length < 2) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " (empty suboption??\?)");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    switch (pointer[1]) {
-	    case TELQUAL_REPLY:
-	    case TELQUAL_IS:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " %s ", (pointer[1] == TELQUAL_IS) ?
-							"IS" : "REPLY");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		if (AUTHTYPE_NAME_OK(pointer[2]))
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "%s ", AUTHTYPE_NAME(pointer[2]));
-		else
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "%d ", pointer[2]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		if (length < 3) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "(partial suboption??\?)");
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    break;
-		}
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "%s|%s",
-			((pointer[3] & AUTH_WHO_MASK) == AUTH_WHO_CLIENT) ?
-			"CLIENT" : "SERVER",
-			((pointer[3] & AUTH_HOW_MASK) == AUTH_HOW_MUTUAL) ?
-			"MUTUAL" : "ONE-WAY");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-
-		auth_printsub(&pointer[1], length - 1, buf, sizeof(buf));
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "%s", buf);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-
-	    case TELQUAL_SEND:
-		i = 2;
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " SEND ");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		while (i < length) {
-		    if (AUTHTYPE_NAME_OK(pointer[i]))
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%s ", AUTHTYPE_NAME(pointer[i]));
-		    else
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%d ", pointer[i]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    if (++i >= length) {
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "(partial suboption??\?)");
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-			break;
-		    }
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "%s|%s ",
-			((pointer[i] & AUTH_WHO_MASK) == AUTH_WHO_CLIENT) ?
-							"CLIENT" : "SERVER",
-			((pointer[i] & AUTH_HOW_MASK) == AUTH_HOW_MUTUAL) ?
-							"MUTUAL" : "ONE-WAY");
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    ++i;
-		}
-		break;
-
-	    case TELQUAL_NAME:
-		i = 2;
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " NAME \"");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		while (i < length)
-		    *nfrontp += pointer[i++];
-		*nfrontp += '"';
-		break;
-
-	    default:
-		    for (i = 2; i < length; i++) {
-			sprintf(nfrontp, " ?%d?", pointer[i]);
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    }
-		    break;
-	    }
-	    break;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	ENCRYPTION
-	case TELOPT_ENCRYPT:
-	    sprintf(nfrontp, "ENCRYPT");
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    if (length < 2) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " (empty suboption??\?)");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    switch (pointer[1]) {
-	    case ENCRYPT_START:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " START");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-
-	    case ENCRYPT_END:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " END");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-
-	    case ENCRYPT_REQSTART:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " REQUEST-START");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-
-	    case ENCRYPT_REQEND:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " REQUEST-END");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-
-	    case ENCRYPT_IS:
-	    case ENCRYPT_REPLY:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " %s ", (pointer[1] == ENCRYPT_IS) ?
-							"IS" : "REPLY");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		if (length < 3) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " (partial suboption??\?)");
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    break;
-		}
-		if (ENCTYPE_NAME_OK(pointer[2]))
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, "%s ", ENCTYPE_NAME(pointer[2]));
-		else
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " %d (unknown)", pointer[2]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-
-		encrypt_printsub(&pointer[1], length - 1, buf, sizeof(buf));
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "%s", buf);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		break;
-
-	    case ENCRYPT_SUPPORT:
-		i = 2;
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " SUPPORT ");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		while (i < length) {
-		    if (ENCTYPE_NAME_OK(pointer[i]))
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%s ", ENCTYPE_NAME(pointer[i]));
-		    else
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%d ", pointer[i]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		    i++;
-		}
-		break;
-
-	    case ENCRYPT_ENC_KEYID:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " ENC_KEYID");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		goto encommon;
-
-	    case ENCRYPT_DEC_KEYID:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " DEC_KEYID");
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		goto encommon;
-
-	    default:
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " %d (unknown)", pointer[1]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    encommon:
-		for (i = 2; i < length; i++) {
-		    sprintf(nfrontp, " %d", pointer[i]);
-		    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		}
-		break;
-	    }
-	    break;
-#endif	/* ENCRYPTION */
-
-	default:
-	    if (TELOPT_OK(pointer[0]))
-	        sprintf(nfrontp, "%s (unknown)", TELOPT(pointer[0]));
-	    else
-	        sprintf(nfrontp, "%d (unknown)", pointer[i]);
-	    nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    for (i = 1; i < length; i++) {
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " %d", pointer[i]);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	    }
-	    break;
-	}
-	sprintf(nfrontp, "\r\n");
-	nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-}
-
-/*
- * Dump a data buffer in hex and ascii to the output data stream.
- */
-	void
-printdata(tag, ptr, cnt)
-	register char *tag;
-	register char *ptr;
-	register int cnt;
-{
-	register int i;
-	char xbuf[30];
-
-	while (cnt) {
-		/* flush net output buffer if no room for new data) */
-		if ((&netobuf[BUFSIZ] - nfrontp) < 80) {
-			netflush();
-		}
-
-		/* add a line of output */
-		sprintf(nfrontp, "%s: ", tag);
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-		for (i = 0; i < 20 && cnt; i++) {
-			sprintf(nfrontp, "%02x", *ptr);
-			nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-			if (isprint(*ptr)) {
-				xbuf[i] = *ptr;
-			} else {
-				xbuf[i] = '.';
-			}
-			if (i % 2) {
-				*nfrontp = ' ';
-				nfrontp++;
-			}
-			cnt--;
-			ptr++;
-		}
-		xbuf[i] = '\0';
-		sprintf(nfrontp, " %s\r\n", xbuf );
-		nfrontp += strlen(nfrontp);
-	}
-}
-#endif /* DIAGNOSTICS */